forked from OSchip/llvm-project
				
			
		
			
				
	
	
		
			5877 lines
		
	
	
		
			231 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			5877 lines
		
	
	
		
			231 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
//===------ SemaDeclCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for C++ Declarations ------===//
 | 
						||
//
 | 
						||
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 | 
						||
//
 | 
						||
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 | 
						||
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 | 
						||
//
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
//
 | 
						||
//  This file implements semantic analysis for C++ declarations.
 | 
						||
//
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
#include "Sema.h"
 | 
						||
#include "SemaInit.h"
 | 
						||
#include "Lookup.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
 | 
						||
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
 | 
						||
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 | 
						||
#include <map>
 | 
						||
#include <set>
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
using namespace clang;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
// CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
namespace {
 | 
						||
  /// CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor - C++ [dcl.fct.default] Traverses
 | 
						||
  /// the default argument of a parameter to determine whether it
 | 
						||
  /// contains any ill-formed subexpressions. For example, this will
 | 
						||
  /// diagnose the use of local variables or parameters within the
 | 
						||
  /// default argument expression.
 | 
						||
  class CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor
 | 
						||
    : public StmtVisitor<CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor, bool> {
 | 
						||
    Expr *DefaultArg;
 | 
						||
    Sema *S;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  public:
 | 
						||
    CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor(Expr *defarg, Sema *s)
 | 
						||
      : DefaultArg(defarg), S(s) {}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool VisitExpr(Expr *Node);
 | 
						||
    bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE);
 | 
						||
    bool VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *ThisE);
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  /// VisitExpr - Visit all of the children of this expression.
 | 
						||
  bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitExpr(Expr *Node) {
 | 
						||
    bool IsInvalid = false;
 | 
						||
    for (Stmt::child_iterator I = Node->child_begin(),
 | 
						||
         E = Node->child_end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						||
      IsInvalid |= Visit(*I);
 | 
						||
    return IsInvalid;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  /// VisitDeclRefExpr - Visit a reference to a declaration, to
 | 
						||
  /// determine whether this declaration can be used in the default
 | 
						||
  /// argument expression.
 | 
						||
  bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *Decl = DRE->getDecl();
 | 
						||
    if (ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Decl)) {
 | 
						||
      // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p9
 | 
						||
      //   Default arguments are evaluated each time the function is
 | 
						||
      //   called. The order of evaluation of function arguments is
 | 
						||
      //   unspecified. Consequently, parameters of a function shall not
 | 
						||
      //   be used in default argument expressions, even if they are not
 | 
						||
      //   evaluated. Parameters of a function declared before a default
 | 
						||
      //   argument expression are in scope and can hide namespace and
 | 
						||
      //   class member names.
 | 
						||
      return S->Diag(DRE->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                     diag::err_param_default_argument_references_param)
 | 
						||
         << Param->getDeclName() << DefaultArg->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    } else if (VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
 | 
						||
      // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p7
 | 
						||
      //   Local variables shall not be used in default argument
 | 
						||
      //   expressions.
 | 
						||
      if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl())
 | 
						||
        return S->Diag(DRE->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                       diag::err_param_default_argument_references_local)
 | 
						||
          << VDecl->getDeclName() << DefaultArg->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  /// VisitCXXThisExpr - Visit a C++ "this" expression.
 | 
						||
  bool CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor::VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *ThisE) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p8:
 | 
						||
    //   The keyword this shall not be used in a default argument of a
 | 
						||
    //   member function.
 | 
						||
    return S->Diag(ThisE->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                   diag::err_param_default_argument_references_this)
 | 
						||
               << ThisE->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool
 | 
						||
Sema::SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, ExprArg DefaultArg,
 | 
						||
                              SourceLocation EqualLoc) {
 | 
						||
  if (RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
 | 
						||
                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
 | 
						||
    Param->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Expr *Arg = (Expr *)DefaultArg.get();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5
 | 
						||
  //   A default argument expression is implicitly converted (clause
 | 
						||
  //   4) to the parameter type. The default argument expression has
 | 
						||
  //   the same semantic constraints as the initializer expression in
 | 
						||
  //   a declaration of a variable of the parameter type, using the
 | 
						||
  //   copy-initialization semantics (8.5).
 | 
						||
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
 | 
						||
  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                           EqualLoc);
 | 
						||
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
 | 
						||
  OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
 | 
						||
                                          MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&Arg, 1));
 | 
						||
  if (Result.isInvalid())
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  Arg = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Arg = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Arg);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Okay: add the default argument to the parameter
 | 
						||
  Param->setDefaultArg(Arg);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  DefaultArg.release();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnParamDefaultArgument - Check whether the default argument
 | 
						||
/// provided for a function parameter is well-formed. If so, attach it
 | 
						||
/// to the parameter declaration.
 | 
						||
void
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnParamDefaultArgument(DeclPtrTy param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
 | 
						||
                                ExprArg defarg) {
 | 
						||
  if (!param || !defarg.get())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.erase(Param);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ExprOwningPtr<Expr> DefaultArg(this, defarg.takeAs<Expr>());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Default arguments are only permitted in C++
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(EqualLoc, diag::err_param_default_argument)
 | 
						||
      << DefaultArg->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    Param->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check that the default argument is well-formed
 | 
						||
  CheckDefaultArgumentVisitor DefaultArgChecker(DefaultArg.get(), this);
 | 
						||
  if (DefaultArgChecker.Visit(DefaultArg.get())) {
 | 
						||
    Param->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(DefaultArg), EqualLoc);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument - We've seen a default
 | 
						||
/// argument for a function parameter, but we can't parse it yet
 | 
						||
/// because we're inside a class definition. Note that this default
 | 
						||
/// argument will be parsed later.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(DeclPtrTy param,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation EqualLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation ArgLoc) {
 | 
						||
  if (!param)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  if (Param)
 | 
						||
    Param->setUnparsedDefaultArg();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param] = ArgLoc;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError - Parsing or semantic analysis of
 | 
						||
/// the default argument for the parameter param failed.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(DeclPtrTy param) {
 | 
						||
  if (!param)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(param.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Param->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.erase(Param);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments - Check for any extra default
 | 
						||
/// arguments in the declarator, which is not a function declaration
 | 
						||
/// or definition and therefore is not permitted to have default
 | 
						||
/// arguments. This routine should be invoked for every declarator
 | 
						||
/// that is not a function declaration or definition.
 | 
						||
void Sema::CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p3
 | 
						||
  //   A default argument expression shall be specified only in the
 | 
						||
  //   parameter-declaration-clause of a function declaration or in a
 | 
						||
  //   template-parameter (14.1). It shall not be specified for a
 | 
						||
  //   parameter pack. If it is specified in a
 | 
						||
  //   parameter-declaration-clause, it shall not occur within a
 | 
						||
  //   declarator or abstract-declarator of a parameter-declaration.
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						||
    DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i);
 | 
						||
    if (chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
 | 
						||
      for (unsigned argIdx = 0, e = chunk.Fun.NumArgs; argIdx != e; ++argIdx) {
 | 
						||
        ParmVarDecl *Param =
 | 
						||
          cast<ParmVarDecl>(chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].Param.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
        if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
          CachedTokens *Toks = chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].DefaultArgTokens;
 | 
						||
          Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_default_argument_nonfunc)
 | 
						||
            << SourceRange((*Toks)[1].getLocation(), Toks->back().getLocation());
 | 
						||
          delete Toks;
 | 
						||
          chunk.Fun.ArgInfo[argIdx].DefaultArgTokens = 0;
 | 
						||
        } else if (Param->getDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
          Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_default_argument_nonfunc)
 | 
						||
            << Param->getDefaultArg()->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
          Param->setDefaultArg(0);
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
// MergeCXXFunctionDecl - Merge two declarations of the same C++
 | 
						||
// function, once we already know that they have the same
 | 
						||
// type. Subroutine of MergeFunctionDecl. Returns true if there was an
 | 
						||
// error, false otherwise.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
 | 
						||
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   For non-template functions, default arguments can be added in
 | 
						||
  //   later declarations of a function in the same
 | 
						||
  //   scope. Declarations in different scopes have completely
 | 
						||
  //   distinct sets of default arguments. That is, declarations in
 | 
						||
  //   inner scopes do not acquire default arguments from
 | 
						||
  //   declarations in outer scopes, and vice versa. In a given
 | 
						||
  //   function declaration, all parameters subsequent to a
 | 
						||
  //   parameter with a default argument shall have default
 | 
						||
  //   arguments supplied in this or previous declarations. A
 | 
						||
  //   default argument shall not be redefined by a later
 | 
						||
  //   declaration (not even to the same value).
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p6:
 | 
						||
  //   Except for member functions of class templates, the default arguments 
 | 
						||
  //   in a member function definition that appears outside of the class 
 | 
						||
  //   definition are added to the set of default arguments provided by the 
 | 
						||
  //   member function declaration in the class definition.
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = Old->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (OldParam->hasDefaultArg() && NewParam->hasDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
      // FIXME: If we knew where the '=' was, we could easily provide a fix-it 
 | 
						||
      // hint here. Alternatively, we could walk the type-source information
 | 
						||
      // for NewParam to find the last source location in the type... but it
 | 
						||
      // isn't worth the effort right now. This is the kind of test case that
 | 
						||
      // is hard to get right:
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      //   int f(int);
 | 
						||
      //   void g(int (*fp)(int) = f);
 | 
						||
      //   void g(int (*fp)(int) = &f);
 | 
						||
      Diag(NewParam->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_param_default_argument_redefinition)
 | 
						||
        << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      // Look for the function declaration where the default argument was
 | 
						||
      // actually written, which may be a declaration prior to Old.
 | 
						||
      for (FunctionDecl *Older = Old->getPreviousDeclaration();
 | 
						||
           Older; Older = Older->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
 | 
						||
        if (!Older->getParamDecl(p)->hasDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
          break;
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
        OldParam = Older->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
      }        
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition)
 | 
						||
        << OldParam->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
    } else if (OldParam->hasDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
      // Merge the old default argument into the new parameter
 | 
						||
      if (OldParam->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
        NewParam->setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(
 | 
						||
                                      OldParam->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg());
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        NewParam->setDefaultArg(OldParam->getDefaultArg());
 | 
						||
    } else if (NewParam->hasDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
      if (New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
 | 
						||
        // Paragraph 4, quoted above, only applies to non-template functions.
 | 
						||
        Diag(NewParam->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::err_param_default_argument_template_redecl)
 | 
						||
          << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
        Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_template_prev_declaration)
 | 
						||
          << false;
 | 
						||
      } else if (New->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
 | 
						||
                   != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation &&
 | 
						||
                 New->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared) {
 | 
						||
        // C++ [temp.expr.spec]p21:
 | 
						||
        //   Default function arguments shall not be specified in a declaration
 | 
						||
        //   or a definition for one of the following explicit specializations:
 | 
						||
        //     - the explicit specialization of a function template;
 | 
						||
        //     - the explicit specialization of a member function template;
 | 
						||
        //     - the explicit specialization of a member function of a class 
 | 
						||
        //       template where the class template specialization to which the
 | 
						||
        //       member function specialization belongs is implicitly 
 | 
						||
        //       instantiated.
 | 
						||
        Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::err_template_spec_default_arg)
 | 
						||
          << (New->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
 | 
						||
          << New->getDeclName()
 | 
						||
          << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
      } else if (New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) {
 | 
						||
        // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p6 (DR217):
 | 
						||
        //   Default arguments for a member function of a class template shall 
 | 
						||
        //   be specified on the initial declaration of the member function 
 | 
						||
        //   within the class template.
 | 
						||
        //
 | 
						||
        // Reading the tea leaves a bit in DR217 and its reference to DR205 
 | 
						||
        // leads me to the conclusion that one cannot add default function 
 | 
						||
        // arguments for an out-of-line definition of a member function of a 
 | 
						||
        // dependent type.
 | 
						||
        int WhichKind = 2;
 | 
						||
        if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 
 | 
						||
              = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New->getDeclContext())) {
 | 
						||
          if (Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
 | 
						||
            WhichKind = 0;
 | 
						||
          else if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Record))
 | 
						||
            WhichKind = 1;
 | 
						||
          else
 | 
						||
            WhichKind = 2;
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
        Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), 
 | 
						||
             diag::err_param_default_argument_member_template_redecl)
 | 
						||
          << WhichKind
 | 
						||
          << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
 | 
						||
          Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), Old->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
          New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), New->getLocation()))
 | 
						||
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return Invalid;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckCXXDefaultArguments - Verify that the default arguments for a
 | 
						||
/// function declaration are well-formed according to C++
 | 
						||
/// [dcl.fct.default].
 | 
						||
void Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD) {
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
 | 
						||
  unsigned p;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Find first parameter with a default argument
 | 
						||
  for (p = 0; p < NumParams; ++p) {
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
    if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   In a given function declaration, all parameters
 | 
						||
  //   subsequent to a parameter with a default argument shall
 | 
						||
  //   have default arguments supplied in this or previous
 | 
						||
  //   declarations. A default argument shall not be redefined
 | 
						||
  //   by a later declaration (not even to the same value).
 | 
						||
  unsigned LastMissingDefaultArg = 0;
 | 
						||
  for (; p < NumParams; ++p) {
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
    if (!Param->hasDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
      if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
        /* We already complained about this parameter. */;
 | 
						||
      else if (Param->getIdentifier())
 | 
						||
        Diag(Param->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::err_param_default_argument_missing_name)
 | 
						||
          << Param->getIdentifier();
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        Diag(Param->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::err_param_default_argument_missing);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      LastMissingDefaultArg = p;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (LastMissingDefaultArg > 0) {
 | 
						||
    // Some default arguments were missing. Clear out all of the
 | 
						||
    // default arguments up to (and including) the last missing
 | 
						||
    // default argument, so that we leave the function parameters
 | 
						||
    // in a semantically valid state.
 | 
						||
    for (p = 0; p <= LastMissingDefaultArg; ++p) {
 | 
						||
      ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						||
      if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) {
 | 
						||
        if (!Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
          Param->getDefaultArg()->Destroy(Context);
 | 
						||
        Param->setDefaultArg(0);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// isCurrentClassName - Determine whether the identifier II is the
 | 
						||
/// name of the class type currently being defined. In the case of
 | 
						||
/// nested classes, this will only return true if II is the name of
 | 
						||
/// the innermost class.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *,
 | 
						||
                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
 | 
						||
  assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "No class names in C!");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl;
 | 
						||
  if (SS && SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()) {
 | 
						||
    DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, true);
 | 
						||
    CurDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
 | 
						||
  } else
 | 
						||
    CurDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (CurDecl)
 | 
						||
    return &II == CurDecl->getIdentifier();
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Check the validity of a C++ base class specifier.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \returns a new CXXBaseSpecifier if well-formed, emits diagnostics
 | 
						||
/// and returns NULL otherwise.
 | 
						||
CXXBaseSpecifier *
 | 
						||
Sema::CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
 | 
						||
                         SourceRange SpecifierRange,
 | 
						||
                         bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
 | 
						||
                         QualType BaseType,
 | 
						||
                         SourceLocation BaseLoc) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.union]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   A union shall not have base classes.
 | 
						||
  if (Class->isUnion()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(Class->getLocation(), diag::err_base_clause_on_union)
 | 
						||
      << SpecifierRange;
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (BaseType->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
    return new (Context) CXXBaseSpecifier(SpecifierRange, Virtual,
 | 
						||
                                Class->getTagKind() == RecordDecl::TK_class,
 | 
						||
                                Access, BaseType);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Base specifiers must be record types.
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_base_must_be_class) << SpecifierRange;
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.union]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   A union shall not be used as a base class.
 | 
						||
  if (BaseType->isUnionType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_union_as_base_class) << SpecifierRange;
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.derived]p2:
 | 
						||
  //   The class-name in a base-specifier shall not be an incompletely
 | 
						||
  //   defined class.
 | 
						||
  if (RequireCompleteType(BaseLoc, BaseType,
 | 
						||
                          PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_base_class)
 | 
						||
                            << SpecifierRange))
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If the base class is polymorphic or isn't empty, the new one is/isn't, too.
 | 
						||
  RecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						||
  assert(BaseDecl && "Record type has no declaration");
 | 
						||
  BaseDecl = BaseDecl->getDefinition(Context);
 | 
						||
  assert(BaseDecl && "Base type is not incomplete, but has no definition");
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl * CXXBaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseDecl);
 | 
						||
  assert(CXXBaseDecl && "Base type is not a C++ type");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++0x CWG Issue #817 indicates that [[final]] classes shouldn't be bases.
 | 
						||
  if (CXXBaseDecl->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_final_base) << BaseType.getAsString();
 | 
						||
    Diag(CXXBaseDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						||
      << BaseType;
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  SetClassDeclAttributesFromBase(Class, CXXBaseDecl, Virtual);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Create the base specifier.
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Allocate via ASTContext?
 | 
						||
  return new (Context) CXXBaseSpecifier(SpecifierRange, Virtual,
 | 
						||
                              Class->getTagKind() == RecordDecl::TK_class,
 | 
						||
                              Access, BaseType);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::SetClassDeclAttributesFromBase(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
 | 
						||
                                          const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClass,
 | 
						||
                                          bool BaseIsVirtual) {
 | 
						||
  // A class with a non-empty base class is not empty.
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Standard ref?
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseClass->isEmpty())
 | 
						||
    Class->setEmpty(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.virtual]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   A class that [...] inherits a virtual function is called a polymorphic
 | 
						||
  //   class.
 | 
						||
  if (BaseClass->isPolymorphic())
 | 
						||
    Class->setPolymorphic(true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   An aggregate is [...] a class with [...] no base classes [...].
 | 
						||
  Class->setAggregate(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   A POD-struct is an aggregate class...
 | 
						||
  Class->setPOD(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (BaseIsVirtual) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
 | 
						||
    //   A constructor is trivial if its class has no virtual base classes.
 | 
						||
    Class->setHasTrivialConstructor(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p6:
 | 
						||
    //   A copy constructor is trivial if its class has no virtual base classes.
 | 
						||
    Class->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p11:
 | 
						||
    //   A copy assignment operator is trivial if its class has no virtual
 | 
						||
    //   base classes.
 | 
						||
    Class->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] is_empty:
 | 
						||
    //    T is a class type, but not a union type, with ... no virtual base
 | 
						||
    //    classes
 | 
						||
    Class->setEmpty(false);
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
 | 
						||
    //   A constructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its
 | 
						||
    //   class have trivial constructors.
 | 
						||
    if (!BaseClass->hasTrivialConstructor())
 | 
						||
      Class->setHasTrivialConstructor(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p6:
 | 
						||
    //   A copy constructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its
 | 
						||
    //   class have trivial copy constructors.
 | 
						||
    if (!BaseClass->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
 | 
						||
      Class->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p11:
 | 
						||
    //   A copy assignment operator is trivial if all the direct base classes
 | 
						||
    //   of its class have trivial copy assignment operators.
 | 
						||
    if (!BaseClass->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
 | 
						||
      Class->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.ctor]p3:
 | 
						||
  //   A destructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its class
 | 
						||
  //   have trivial destructors.
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseClass->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						||
    Class->setHasTrivialDestructor(false);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier. A base specifier is
 | 
						||
/// one entry in the base class list of a class specifier, for
 | 
						||
/// example:
 | 
						||
///    class foo : public bar, virtual private baz {
 | 
						||
/// 'public bar' and 'virtual private baz' are each base-specifiers.
 | 
						||
Sema::BaseResult
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnBaseSpecifier(DeclPtrTy classdecl, SourceRange SpecifierRange,
 | 
						||
                         bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
 | 
						||
                         TypeTy *basetype, SourceLocation BaseLoc) {
 | 
						||
  if (!classdecl)
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(classdecl);
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(classdecl.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  QualType BaseType = GetTypeFromParser(basetype);
 | 
						||
  if (CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = CheckBaseSpecifier(Class, SpecifierRange,
 | 
						||
                                                      Virtual, Access,
 | 
						||
                                                      BaseType, BaseLoc))
 | 
						||
    return BaseSpec;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Performs the actual work of attaching the given base class
 | 
						||
/// specifiers to a C++ class.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
 | 
						||
                                unsigned NumBases) {
 | 
						||
 if (NumBases == 0)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Used to keep track of which base types we have already seen, so
 | 
						||
  // that we can properly diagnose redundant direct base types. Note
 | 
						||
  // that the key is always the unqualified canonical type of the base
 | 
						||
  // class.
 | 
						||
  std::map<QualType, CXXBaseSpecifier*, QualTypeOrdering> KnownBaseTypes;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Copy non-redundant base specifiers into permanent storage.
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumGoodBases = 0;
 | 
						||
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < NumBases; ++idx) {
 | 
						||
    QualType NewBaseType
 | 
						||
      = Context.getCanonicalType(Bases[idx]->getType());
 | 
						||
    NewBaseType = NewBaseType.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType]) {
 | 
						||
      // C++ [class.mi]p3:
 | 
						||
      //   A class shall not be specified as a direct base class of a
 | 
						||
      //   derived class more than once.
 | 
						||
      Diag(Bases[idx]->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_duplicate_base_class)
 | 
						||
        << KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType]->getType()
 | 
						||
        << Bases[idx]->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Delete the duplicate base class specifier; we're going to
 | 
						||
      // overwrite its pointer later.
 | 
						||
      Context.Deallocate(Bases[idx]);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      // Okay, add this new base class.
 | 
						||
      KnownBaseTypes[NewBaseType] = Bases[idx];
 | 
						||
      Bases[NumGoodBases++] = Bases[idx];
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Attach the remaining base class specifiers to the derived class.
 | 
						||
  Class->setBases(Context, Bases, NumGoodBases);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Delete the remaining (good) base class specifiers, since their
 | 
						||
  // data has been copied into the CXXRecordDecl.
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < NumGoodBases; ++idx)
 | 
						||
    Context.Deallocate(Bases[idx]);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return Invalid;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnBaseSpecifiers - Attach the given base specifiers to the
 | 
						||
/// class, after checking whether there are any duplicate base
 | 
						||
/// classes.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnBaseSpecifiers(DeclPtrTy ClassDecl, BaseTy **Bases,
 | 
						||
                               unsigned NumBases) {
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl || !Bases || !NumBases)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
  AttachBaseSpecifiers(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ClassDecl.getAs<Decl>()),
 | 
						||
                       (CXXBaseSpecifier**)(Bases), NumBases);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Determine whether the type \p Derived is a C++ class that is
 | 
						||
/// derived from the type \p Base.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base) {
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *DerivedRT = Derived->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  if (!DerivedRT)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *BaseRT = Base->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseRT)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *DerivedRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DerivedRT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  return DerivedRD->isDerivedFrom(BaseRD);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Determine whether the type \p Derived is a C++ class that is
 | 
						||
/// derived from the type \p Base.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths) {
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *DerivedRT = Derived->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  if (!DerivedRT)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *BaseRT = Base->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseRT)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *DerivedRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DerivedRT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  return DerivedRD->isDerivedFrom(BaseRD, Paths);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckDerivedToBaseConversion - Check whether the Derived-to-Base
 | 
						||
/// conversion (where Derived and Base are class types) is
 | 
						||
/// well-formed, meaning that the conversion is unambiguous (and
 | 
						||
/// that all of the base classes are accessible). Returns true
 | 
						||
/// and emits a diagnostic if the code is ill-formed, returns false
 | 
						||
/// otherwise. Loc is the location where this routine should point to
 | 
						||
/// if there is an error, and Range is the source range to highlight
 | 
						||
/// if there is an error.
 | 
						||
bool
 | 
						||
Sema::CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
 | 
						||
                                   unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
 | 
						||
                                   unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
 | 
						||
                                   SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
 | 
						||
                                   DeclarationName Name) {
 | 
						||
  // First, determine whether the path from Derived to Base is
 | 
						||
  // ambiguous. This is slightly more expensive than checking whether
 | 
						||
  // the Derived to Base conversion exists, because here we need to
 | 
						||
  // explore multiple paths to determine if there is an ambiguity.
 | 
						||
  CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
 | 
						||
                     /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
 | 
						||
  bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(Derived, Base, Paths);
 | 
						||
  assert(DerivationOkay &&
 | 
						||
         "Can only be used with a derived-to-base conversion");
 | 
						||
  (void)DerivationOkay;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (!Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Base).getUnqualifiedType())) {
 | 
						||
    if (InaccessibleBaseID == 0)
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
    // Check that the base class can be accessed.
 | 
						||
    return CheckBaseClassAccess(Derived, Base, InaccessibleBaseID, Paths, Loc,
 | 
						||
                                Name);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // We know that the derived-to-base conversion is ambiguous, and
 | 
						||
  // we're going to produce a diagnostic. Perform the derived-to-base
 | 
						||
  // search just one more time to compute all of the possible paths so
 | 
						||
  // that we can print them out. This is more expensive than any of
 | 
						||
  // the previous derived-to-base checks we've done, but at this point
 | 
						||
  // performance isn't as much of an issue.
 | 
						||
  Paths.clear();
 | 
						||
  Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
 | 
						||
  bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(Derived, Base, Paths);
 | 
						||
  assert(StillOkay && "Can only be used with a derived-to-base conversion");
 | 
						||
  (void)StillOkay;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Build up a textual representation of the ambiguous paths, e.g.,
 | 
						||
  // D -> B -> A, that will be used to illustrate the ambiguous
 | 
						||
  // conversions in the diagnostic. We only print one of the paths
 | 
						||
  // to each base class subobject.
 | 
						||
  std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  Diag(Loc, AmbigiousBaseConvID)
 | 
						||
  << Derived << Base << PathDisplayStr << Range << Name;
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool
 | 
						||
Sema::CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
 | 
						||
                                   SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
 | 
						||
                                   bool IgnoreAccess) {
 | 
						||
  return CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(Derived, Base,
 | 
						||
                                      IgnoreAccess ? 0 :
 | 
						||
                                        diag::err_conv_to_inaccessible_base,
 | 
						||
                                      diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv,
 | 
						||
                                      Loc, Range, DeclarationName());
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// @brief Builds a string representing ambiguous paths from a
 | 
						||
/// specific derived class to different subobjects of the same base
 | 
						||
/// class.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// This function builds a string that can be used in error messages
 | 
						||
/// to show the different paths that one can take through the
 | 
						||
/// inheritance hierarchy to go from the derived class to different
 | 
						||
/// subobjects of a base class. The result looks something like this:
 | 
						||
/// @code
 | 
						||
/// struct D -> struct B -> struct A
 | 
						||
/// struct D -> struct C -> struct A
 | 
						||
/// @endcode
 | 
						||
std::string Sema::getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths) {
 | 
						||
  std::string PathDisplayStr;
 | 
						||
  std::set<unsigned> DisplayedPaths;
 | 
						||
  for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin();
 | 
						||
       Path != Paths.end(); ++Path) {
 | 
						||
    if (DisplayedPaths.insert(Path->back().SubobjectNumber).second) {
 | 
						||
      // We haven't displayed a path to this particular base
 | 
						||
      // class subobject yet.
 | 
						||
      PathDisplayStr += "\n    ";
 | 
						||
      PathDisplayStr += Context.getTypeDeclType(Paths.getOrigin()).getAsString();
 | 
						||
      for (CXXBasePath::const_iterator Element = Path->begin();
 | 
						||
           Element != Path->end(); ++Element)
 | 
						||
        PathDisplayStr += " -> " + Element->Base->getType().getAsString();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return PathDisplayStr;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
// C++ class member Handling
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator - This is invoked when a C++ class member
 | 
						||
/// declarator is parsed. 'AS' is the access specifier, 'BW' specifies the
 | 
						||
/// bitfield width if there is one and 'InitExpr' specifies the initializer if
 | 
						||
/// any.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
 | 
						||
                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
 | 
						||
                               ExprTy *BW, ExprTy *InitExpr, bool IsDefinition,
 | 
						||
                               bool Deleted) {
 | 
						||
  const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
 | 
						||
  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
 | 
						||
  Expr *BitWidth = static_cast<Expr*>(BW);
 | 
						||
  Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr);
 | 
						||
  SourceLocation Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool isFunc = D.isFunctionDeclarator();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(!DS.isFriendSpecified());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ 9.2p6: A member shall not be declared to have automatic storage
 | 
						||
  // duration (auto, register) or with the extern storage-class-specifier.
 | 
						||
  // C++ 7.1.1p8: The mutable specifier can be applied only to names of class
 | 
						||
  // data members and cannot be applied to names declared const or static,
 | 
						||
  // and cannot be applied to reference members.
 | 
						||
  switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
 | 
						||
    case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:
 | 
						||
    case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:
 | 
						||
    case DeclSpec::SCS_static:
 | 
						||
      // FALL THROUGH.
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
 | 
						||
      if (isFunc) {
 | 
						||
        if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
 | 
						||
          Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_function);
 | 
						||
        else
 | 
						||
          Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_function);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: It would be nicer if the keyword was ignored only for this
 | 
						||
        // declarator. Otherwise we could get follow-up errors.
 | 
						||
        D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
 | 
						||
      } else {
 | 
						||
        QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
 | 
						||
        diag::kind err = static_cast<diag::kind>(0);
 | 
						||
        if (T->isReferenceType())
 | 
						||
          err = diag::err_mutable_reference;
 | 
						||
        else if (T.isConstQualified())
 | 
						||
          err = diag::err_mutable_const;
 | 
						||
        if (err != 0) {
 | 
						||
          if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
 | 
						||
            Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), err);
 | 
						||
          else
 | 
						||
            Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), err);
 | 
						||
          // FIXME: It would be nicer if the keyword was ignored only for this
 | 
						||
          // declarator. Otherwise we could get follow-up errors.
 | 
						||
          D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    default:
 | 
						||
      if (DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
 | 
						||
        Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						||
             diag::err_storageclass_invalid_for_member);
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_storageclass_invalid_for_member);
 | 
						||
      D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!isFunc &&
 | 
						||
      D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
 | 
						||
      D.getNumTypeObjects() == 0) {
 | 
						||
    // Check also for this case:
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // typedef int f();
 | 
						||
    // f a;
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    QualType TDType = GetTypeFromParser(DS.getTypeRep());
 | 
						||
    isFunc = TDType->isFunctionType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool isInstField = ((DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
 | 
						||
                       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) &&
 | 
						||
                      !isFunc);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Decl *Member;
 | 
						||
  if (isInstField) {
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: Check for template parameters!
 | 
						||
    Member = HandleField(S, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext), Loc, D, BitWidth,
 | 
						||
                         AS);
 | 
						||
    assert(Member && "HandleField never returns null");
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    Member = HandleDeclarator(S, D, move(TemplateParameterLists), IsDefinition)
 | 
						||
               .getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
    if (!Member) {
 | 
						||
      if (BitWidth) DeleteExpr(BitWidth);
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Non-instance-fields can't have a bitfield.
 | 
						||
    if (BitWidth) {
 | 
						||
      if (Member->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						||
        // don't emit another diagnostic.
 | 
						||
      } else if (isa<VarDecl>(Member)) {
 | 
						||
        // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall not be a static member.
 | 
						||
        // "static member 'A' cannot be a bit-field"
 | 
						||
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_static_not_bitfield)
 | 
						||
          << Name << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Member)) {
 | 
						||
        // "typedef member 'x' cannot be a bit-field"
 | 
						||
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typedef_not_bitfield)
 | 
						||
          << Name << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      } else {
 | 
						||
        // A function typedef ("typedef int f(); f a;").
 | 
						||
        // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
 | 
						||
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
 | 
						||
          << Name << cast<ValueDecl>(Member)->getType()
 | 
						||
          << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      DeleteExpr(BitWidth);
 | 
						||
      BitWidth = 0;
 | 
						||
      Member->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Member->setAccess(AS);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // If we have declared a member function template, set the access of the
 | 
						||
    // templated declaration as well.
 | 
						||
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Member))
 | 
						||
      FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()->setAccess(AS);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert((Name || isInstField) && "No identifier for non-field ?");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Init)
 | 
						||
    AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Member), ExprArg(*this, Init), false);
 | 
						||
  if (Deleted) // FIXME: Source location is not very good.
 | 
						||
    SetDeclDeleted(DeclPtrTy::make(Member), D.getSourceRange().getBegin());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (isInstField) {
 | 
						||
    FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Member));
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Member);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Find the direct and/or virtual base specifiers that
 | 
						||
/// correspond to the given base type, for use in base initialization
 | 
						||
/// within a constructor.
 | 
						||
static bool FindBaseInitializer(Sema &SemaRef, 
 | 
						||
                                CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
 | 
						||
                                QualType BaseType,
 | 
						||
                                const CXXBaseSpecifier *&DirectBaseSpec,
 | 
						||
                                const CXXBaseSpecifier *&VirtualBaseSpec) {
 | 
						||
  // First, check for a direct base class.
 | 
						||
  DirectBaseSpec = 0;
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base
 | 
						||
         = ClassDecl->bases_begin(); 
 | 
						||
       Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, Base->getType())) {
 | 
						||
      // We found a direct base of this type. That's what we're
 | 
						||
      // initializing.
 | 
						||
      DirectBaseSpec = &*Base;
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check for a virtual base class.
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: We might be able to short-circuit this if we know in advance that
 | 
						||
  // there are no virtual bases.
 | 
						||
  VirtualBaseSpec = 0;
 | 
						||
  if (!DirectBaseSpec || !DirectBaseSpec->isVirtual()) {
 | 
						||
    // We haven't found a base yet; search the class hierarchy for a
 | 
						||
    // virtual base class.
 | 
						||
    CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
 | 
						||
                       /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
 | 
						||
    if (SemaRef.IsDerivedFrom(SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl), 
 | 
						||
                              BaseType, Paths)) {
 | 
						||
      for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin();
 | 
						||
           Path != Paths.end(); ++Path) {
 | 
						||
        if (Path->back().Base->isVirtual()) {
 | 
						||
          VirtualBaseSpec = Path->back().Base;
 | 
						||
          break;
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return DirectBaseSpec || VirtualBaseSpec;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnMemInitializer - Handle a C++ member initializer.
 | 
						||
Sema::MemInitResult
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnMemInitializer(DeclPtrTy ConstructorD,
 | 
						||
                          Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                          IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
 | 
						||
                          TypeTy *TemplateTypeTy,
 | 
						||
                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
 | 
						||
                          ExprTy **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
 | 
						||
                          SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
 | 
						||
                          SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
 | 
						||
  if (!ConstructorD)
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
 | 
						||
    = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  if (!Constructor) {
 | 
						||
    // The user wrote a constructor initializer on a function that is
 | 
						||
    // not a C++ constructor. Ignore the error for now, because we may
 | 
						||
    // have more member initializers coming; we'll diagnose it just
 | 
						||
    // once in ActOnMemInitializers.
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.base.init]p2:
 | 
						||
  //   Names in a mem-initializer-id are looked up in the scope of the
 | 
						||
  //   constructor’s class and, if not found in that scope, are looked
 | 
						||
  //   up in the scope containing the constructor’s
 | 
						||
  //   definition. [Note: if the constructor’s class contains a member
 | 
						||
  //   with the same name as a direct or virtual base class of the
 | 
						||
  //   class, a mem-initializer-id naming the member or base class and
 | 
						||
  //   composed of a single identifier refers to the class member. A
 | 
						||
  //   mem-initializer-id for the hidden base class may be specified
 | 
						||
  //   using a qualified name. ]
 | 
						||
  if (!SS.getScopeRep() && !TemplateTypeTy) {
 | 
						||
    // Look for a member, first.
 | 
						||
    FieldDecl *Member = 0;
 | 
						||
    DeclContext::lookup_result Result
 | 
						||
      = ClassDecl->lookup(MemberOrBase);
 | 
						||
    if (Result.first != Result.second)
 | 
						||
      Member = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Result.first);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: Handle members of an anonymous union.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (Member)
 | 
						||
      return BuildMemberInitializer(Member, (Expr**)Args, NumArgs, IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                                    LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  // It didn't name a member, so see if it names a class.
 | 
						||
  QualType BaseType;
 | 
						||
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (TemplateTypeTy) {
 | 
						||
    BaseType = GetTypeFromParser(TemplateTypeTy, &TInfo);
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    LookupResult R(*this, MemberOrBase, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						||
    LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    TypeDecl *TyD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
 | 
						||
    if (!TyD) {
 | 
						||
      if (R.isAmbiguous()) return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      if (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
 | 
						||
        bool NotUnknownSpecialization = false;
 | 
						||
        DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
 | 
						||
        if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 
 | 
						||
          NotUnknownSpecialization = !Record->hasAnyDependentBases();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        if (!NotUnknownSpecialization) {
 | 
						||
          // When the scope specifier can refer to a member of an unknown
 | 
						||
          // specialization, we take it as a type name.
 | 
						||
          BaseType = CheckTypenameType((NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep(),
 | 
						||
                                       *MemberOrBase, SS.getRange());
 | 
						||
          R.clear();
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // If no results were found, try to correct typos.
 | 
						||
      if (R.empty() && BaseType.isNull() &&
 | 
						||
          CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS, ClassDecl) && R.isSingleResult()) {
 | 
						||
        if (FieldDecl *Member = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
 | 
						||
          if (Member->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->Equals(ClassDecl)) {
 | 
						||
            // We have found a non-static data member with a similar
 | 
						||
            // name to what was typed; complain and initialize that
 | 
						||
            // member.
 | 
						||
            Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_mem_init_not_member_or_class_suggest)
 | 
						||
              << MemberOrBase << true << R.getLookupName()
 | 
						||
              << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
 | 
						||
                                               R.getLookupName().getAsString());
 | 
						||
            Diag(Member->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						||
              << Member->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
            return BuildMemberInitializer(Member, (Expr**)Args, NumArgs, IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                                          LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
          }
 | 
						||
        } else if (TypeDecl *Type = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
 | 
						||
          const CXXBaseSpecifier *DirectBaseSpec;
 | 
						||
          const CXXBaseSpecifier *VirtualBaseSpec;
 | 
						||
          if (FindBaseInitializer(*this, ClassDecl, 
 | 
						||
                                  Context.getTypeDeclType(Type),
 | 
						||
                                  DirectBaseSpec, VirtualBaseSpec)) {
 | 
						||
            // We have found a direct or virtual base class with a
 | 
						||
            // similar name to what was typed; complain and initialize
 | 
						||
            // that base class.
 | 
						||
            Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_mem_init_not_member_or_class_suggest)
 | 
						||
              << MemberOrBase << false << R.getLookupName()
 | 
						||
              << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
 | 
						||
                                               R.getLookupName().getAsString());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
            const CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = DirectBaseSpec? DirectBaseSpec 
 | 
						||
                                                             : VirtualBaseSpec;
 | 
						||
            Diag(BaseSpec->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                 diag::note_base_class_specified_here)
 | 
						||
              << BaseSpec->getType()
 | 
						||
              << BaseSpec->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
            TyD = Type;
 | 
						||
          }
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      if (!TyD && BaseType.isNull()) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_mem_init_not_member_or_class)
 | 
						||
          << MemberOrBase << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (BaseType.isNull()) {
 | 
						||
      BaseType = Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD);
 | 
						||
      if (SS.isSet()) {
 | 
						||
        NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
 | 
						||
          static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: preserve source range information
 | 
						||
        BaseType = Context.getQualifiedNameType(Qualifier, BaseType);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!TInfo)
 | 
						||
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(BaseType, IdLoc);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return BuildBaseInitializer(BaseType, TInfo, (Expr **)Args, NumArgs, 
 | 
						||
                              LParenLoc, RParenLoc, ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Checks an initializer expression for use of uninitialized fields, such as
 | 
						||
/// containing the field that is being initialized. Returns true if there is an
 | 
						||
/// uninitialized field was used an updates the SourceLocation parameter; false
 | 
						||
/// otherwise.
 | 
						||
static bool InitExprContainsUninitializedFields(const Stmt* S,
 | 
						||
                                                const FieldDecl* LhsField,
 | 
						||
                                                SourceLocation* L) {
 | 
						||
  const MemberExpr* ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(S);
 | 
						||
  if (ME) {
 | 
						||
    const NamedDecl* RhsField = ME->getMemberDecl();
 | 
						||
    if (RhsField == LhsField) {
 | 
						||
      // Initializing a field with itself. Throw a warning.
 | 
						||
      // But wait; there are exceptions!
 | 
						||
      // Exception #1:  The field may not belong to this record.
 | 
						||
      // e.g. Foo(const Foo& rhs) : A(rhs.A) {}
 | 
						||
      const Expr* base = ME->getBase();
 | 
						||
      if (base != NULL && !isa<CXXThisExpr>(base->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
 | 
						||
        // Even though the field matches, it does not belong to this record.
 | 
						||
        return false;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      // None of the exceptions triggered; return true to indicate an
 | 
						||
      // uninitialized field was used.
 | 
						||
      *L = ME->getMemberLoc();
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  bool found = false;
 | 
						||
  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator it = S->child_begin();
 | 
						||
       it != S->child_end() && found == false;
 | 
						||
       ++it) {
 | 
						||
    if (isa<CallExpr>(S)) {
 | 
						||
      // Do not descend into function calls or constructors, as the use
 | 
						||
      // of an uninitialized field may be valid. One would have to inspect
 | 
						||
      // the contents of the function/ctor to determine if it is safe or not.
 | 
						||
      // i.e. Pass-by-value is never safe, but pass-by-reference and pointers
 | 
						||
      // may be safe, depending on what the function/ctor does.
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    found = InitExprContainsUninitializedFields(*it, LhsField, L);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  return found;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::MemInitResult
 | 
						||
Sema::BuildMemberInitializer(FieldDecl *Member, Expr **Args,
 | 
						||
                             unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
 | 
						||
                             SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
  // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if necessary.
 | 
						||
  ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Diagnose value-uses of fields to initialize themselves, e.g.
 | 
						||
  //   foo(foo)
 | 
						||
  // where foo is not also a parameter to the constructor.
 | 
						||
  // TODO: implement -Wuninitialized and fold this into that framework.
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
 | 
						||
    SourceLocation L;
 | 
						||
    if (InitExprContainsUninitializedFields(Args[i], Member, &L)) {
 | 
						||
      // FIXME: Return true in the case when other fields are used before being
 | 
						||
      // uninitialized. For example, let this field be the i'th field. When
 | 
						||
      // initializing the i'th field, throw a warning if any of the >= i'th
 | 
						||
      // fields are used, as they are not yet initialized.
 | 
						||
      // Right now we are only handling the case where the i'th field uses
 | 
						||
      // itself in its initializer.
 | 
						||
      Diag(L, diag::warn_field_is_uninit);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool HasDependentArg = false;
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; i++)
 | 
						||
    HasDependentArg |= Args[i]->isTypeDependent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXConstructorDecl *C = 0;
 | 
						||
  QualType FieldType = Member->getType();
 | 
						||
  if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
    FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
  ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> ConstructorArgs(*this);
 | 
						||
  if (FieldType->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						||
    // Can't check init for dependent type.
 | 
						||
  } else if (FieldType->isRecordType()) {
 | 
						||
    // Member is a record (struct/union/class), so pass the initializer
 | 
						||
    // arguments down to the record's constructor.
 | 
						||
    if (!HasDependentArg) {
 | 
						||
      C = PerformInitializationByConstructor(FieldType, 
 | 
						||
                                             MultiExprArg(*this, 
 | 
						||
                                                          (void**)Args, 
 | 
						||
                                                          NumArgs), 
 | 
						||
                                             IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc), 
 | 
						||
                                             Member->getDeclName(), 
 | 
						||
                  InitializationKind::CreateDirect(IdLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
 | 
						||
                                             ConstructorArgs);
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      if (C) {
 | 
						||
        // Take over the constructor arguments as our own.
 | 
						||
        NumArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
 | 
						||
        Args = (Expr **)ConstructorArgs.take();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else if (NumArgs != 1 && NumArgs != 0) {
 | 
						||
    // The member type is not a record type (or an array of record
 | 
						||
    // types), so it can be only be default- or copy-initialized.
 | 
						||
    return Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_mem_initializer_mismatch)
 | 
						||
                << Member->getDeclName() << SourceRange(IdLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
  } else if (!HasDependentArg) {
 | 
						||
    Expr *NewExp;
 | 
						||
    if (NumArgs == 0) {
 | 
						||
      if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_null_intialized_reference_member)
 | 
						||
              << Member->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
        return Diag(Member->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      NewExp = new (Context) CXXZeroInitValueExpr(FieldType, IdLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
      NumArgs = 1;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      NewExp = (Expr*)Args[0];
 | 
						||
    if (!Member->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						||
        PerformCopyInitialization(NewExp, FieldType, AA_Passing))
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    Args[0] = NewExp;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
  // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if necessary.
 | 
						||
  ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Perform direct initialization of the member.
 | 
						||
  return new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Context, Member, IdLoc,
 | 
						||
                                                  C, LParenLoc, (Expr **)Args,
 | 
						||
                                                  NumArgs, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::MemInitResult
 | 
						||
Sema::BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
 | 
						||
                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 
 | 
						||
                           SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 
 | 
						||
                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
 | 
						||
  bool HasDependentArg = false;
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; i++)
 | 
						||
    HasDependentArg |= Args[i]->isTypeDependent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  SourceLocation BaseLoc = BaseTInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						||
    if (!BaseType->isRecordType())
 | 
						||
      return Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_base_init_does_not_name_class)
 | 
						||
        << BaseType << BaseTInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.base.init]p2:
 | 
						||
    //   [...] Unless the mem-initializer-id names a nonstatic data
 | 
						||
    //   member of the constructor’s class or a direct or virtual base
 | 
						||
    //   of that class, the mem-initializer is ill-formed. A
 | 
						||
    //   mem-initializer-list can initialize a base class using any
 | 
						||
    //   name that denotes that base class type.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Check for direct and virtual base classes.
 | 
						||
    const CXXBaseSpecifier *DirectBaseSpec = 0;
 | 
						||
    const CXXBaseSpecifier *VirtualBaseSpec = 0;
 | 
						||
    FindBaseInitializer(*this, ClassDecl, BaseType, DirectBaseSpec, 
 | 
						||
                        VirtualBaseSpec);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [base.class.init]p2:
 | 
						||
    //   If a mem-initializer-id is ambiguous because it designates both
 | 
						||
    //   a direct non-virtual base class and an inherited virtual base
 | 
						||
    //   class, the mem-initializer is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
    if (DirectBaseSpec && VirtualBaseSpec)
 | 
						||
      return Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_base_init_direct_and_virtual)
 | 
						||
        << BaseType << BaseTInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    // C++ [base.class.init]p2:
 | 
						||
    // Unless the mem-initializer-id names a nonstatic data membeer of the
 | 
						||
    // constructor's class ot a direst or virtual base of that class, the
 | 
						||
    // mem-initializer is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
    if (!DirectBaseSpec && !VirtualBaseSpec)
 | 
						||
      return Diag(BaseLoc, diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
 | 
						||
        << BaseType << ClassDecl->getNameAsCString()
 | 
						||
        << BaseTInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXConstructorDecl *C = 0;
 | 
						||
  ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> ConstructorArgs(*this);
 | 
						||
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && !HasDependentArg) {
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
 | 
						||
                      Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    C = PerformInitializationByConstructor(BaseType, 
 | 
						||
                                           MultiExprArg(*this, 
 | 
						||
                                                        (void**)Args, NumArgs),
 | 
						||
                                           BaseLoc, 
 | 
						||
                                           SourceRange(BaseLoc, RParenLoc),
 | 
						||
                                           Name, 
 | 
						||
                InitializationKind::CreateDirect(BaseLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
 | 
						||
                                           ConstructorArgs);
 | 
						||
    if (C) {
 | 
						||
      // Take over the constructor arguments as our own.
 | 
						||
      NumArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
 | 
						||
      Args = (Expr **)ConstructorArgs.take();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
  // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if necessary.
 | 
						||
  ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Context, BaseTInfo, C, 
 | 
						||
                                                  LParenLoc, (Expr **)Args, 
 | 
						||
                                                  NumArgs, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool
 | 
						||
Sema::SetBaseOrMemberInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
 | 
						||
                              CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **Initializers,
 | 
						||
                              unsigned NumInitializers,
 | 
						||
                              bool IsImplicitConstructor) {
 | 
						||
  // We need to build the initializer AST according to order of construction
 | 
						||
  // and not what user specified in the Initializers list.
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
  llvm::SmallVector<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*, 32> AllToInit;
 | 
						||
  llvm::DenseMap<const void *, CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*> AllBaseFields;
 | 
						||
  bool HasDependentBaseInit = false;
 | 
						||
  bool HadError = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumInitializers; i++) {
 | 
						||
    CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member = Initializers[i];
 | 
						||
    if (Member->isBaseInitializer()) {
 | 
						||
      if (Member->getBaseClass()->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
        HasDependentBaseInit = true;
 | 
						||
      AllBaseFields[Member->getBaseClass()->getAs<RecordType>()] = Member;
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      AllBaseFields[Member->getMember()] = Member;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (HasDependentBaseInit) {
 | 
						||
    // FIXME. This does not preserve the ordering of the initializers.
 | 
						||
    // Try (with -Wreorder)
 | 
						||
    // template<class X> struct A {};
 | 
						||
    // template<class X> struct B : A<X> {
 | 
						||
    //   B() : x1(10), A<X>() {}
 | 
						||
    //   int x1;
 | 
						||
    // };
 | 
						||
    // B<int> x;
 | 
						||
    // On seeing one dependent type, we should essentially exit this routine
 | 
						||
    // while preserving user-declared initializer list. When this routine is
 | 
						||
    // called during instantiatiation process, this routine will rebuild the
 | 
						||
    // ordered initializer list correctly.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // If we have a dependent base initialization, we can't determine the
 | 
						||
    // association between initializers and bases; just dump the known
 | 
						||
    // initializers into the list, and don't try to deal with other bases.
 | 
						||
    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumInitializers; i++) {
 | 
						||
      CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member = Initializers[i];
 | 
						||
      if (Member->isBaseInitializer())
 | 
						||
        AllToInit.push_back(Member);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // Push virtual bases before others.
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator VBase =
 | 
						||
         ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
 | 
						||
         E = ClassDecl->vbases_end(); VBase != E; ++VBase) {
 | 
						||
      if (VBase->getType()->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      if (CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Value
 | 
						||
            = AllBaseFields.lookup(VBase->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())) {
 | 
						||
        AllToInit.push_back(Value);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      else {
 | 
						||
        CXXRecordDecl *VBaseDecl =
 | 
						||
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VBase->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        assert(VBaseDecl && "SetBaseOrMemberInitializers - VBaseDecl null");
 | 
						||
        CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = VBaseDecl->getDefaultConstructor(Context);
 | 
						||
        if (!Ctor) {
 | 
						||
          Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_ctor)
 | 
						||
            << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
            << 0 << VBase->getType();
 | 
						||
          Diag(VBaseDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						||
            << Context.getTagDeclType(VBaseDecl);
 | 
						||
          HadError = true;
 | 
						||
          continue;
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> CtorArgs(*this);
 | 
						||
        if (CompleteConstructorCall(Ctor, MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 
 | 
						||
                                    Constructor->getLocation(), CtorArgs))
 | 
						||
          continue;
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(Constructor->getLocation(), Ctor);
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
        // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if 
 | 
						||
        // necessary.
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: Is there any better source-location information we can give?
 | 
						||
        ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
        CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =
 | 
						||
          new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Context,
 | 
						||
                             Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VBase->getType(), 
 | 
						||
                                                              SourceLocation()),
 | 
						||
                                                   Ctor,
 | 
						||
                                                   SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                   CtorArgs.takeAs<Expr>(),
 | 
						||
                                                   CtorArgs.size(), 
 | 
						||
                                                   SourceLocation());
 | 
						||
        AllToInit.push_back(Member);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base =
 | 
						||
         ClassDecl->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
         E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
      // Virtuals are in the virtual base list and already constructed.
 | 
						||
      if (Base->isVirtual())
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      // Skip dependent types.
 | 
						||
      if (Base->getType()->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      if (CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Value
 | 
						||
            = AllBaseFields.lookup(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())) {
 | 
						||
        AllToInit.push_back(Value);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      else {
 | 
						||
        CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl =
 | 
						||
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        assert(BaseDecl && "SetBaseOrMemberInitializers - BaseDecl null");
 | 
						||
         CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = BaseDecl->getDefaultConstructor(Context);
 | 
						||
        if (!Ctor) {
 | 
						||
          Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_ctor)
 | 
						||
            << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
            << 0 << Base->getType();
 | 
						||
          Diag(BaseDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						||
            << Context.getTagDeclType(BaseDecl);
 | 
						||
          HadError = true;
 | 
						||
          continue;
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> CtorArgs(*this);
 | 
						||
        if (CompleteConstructorCall(Ctor, MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 
 | 
						||
                                     Constructor->getLocation(), CtorArgs))
 | 
						||
          continue;
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(Constructor->getLocation(), Ctor);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
        // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if 
 | 
						||
        // necessary.
 | 
						||
        // FIXME: Is there any better source-location information we can give?
 | 
						||
        ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
        CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =
 | 
						||
          new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Context,
 | 
						||
                             Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Base->getType(), 
 | 
						||
                                                              SourceLocation()),
 | 
						||
                                                   Ctor,
 | 
						||
                                                   SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                   CtorArgs.takeAs<Expr>(),
 | 
						||
                                                   CtorArgs.size(), 
 | 
						||
                                                   SourceLocation());
 | 
						||
        AllToInit.push_back(Member);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // non-static data members.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) {
 | 
						||
    if ((*Field)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
 | 
						||
      if (const RecordType *FieldClassType =
 | 
						||
          Field->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
        CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
          = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        for (RecordDecl::field_iterator FA = FieldClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
            EA = FieldClassDecl->field_end(); FA != EA; FA++) {
 | 
						||
          if (CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Value = AllBaseFields.lookup(*FA)) {
 | 
						||
            // 'Member' is the anonymous union field and 'AnonUnionMember' is
 | 
						||
            // set to the anonymous union data member used in the initializer
 | 
						||
            // list.
 | 
						||
            Value->setMember(*Field);
 | 
						||
            Value->setAnonUnionMember(*FA);
 | 
						||
            AllToInit.push_back(Value);
 | 
						||
            break;
 | 
						||
          }
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    if (CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Value = AllBaseFields.lookup(*Field)) {
 | 
						||
      AllToInit.push_back(Value);
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if ((*Field)->getType()->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    QualType FT = Context.getBaseElementType((*Field)->getType());
 | 
						||
    if (const RecordType* RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
      CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor =
 | 
						||
        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->getDefaultConstructor(Context);
 | 
						||
      if (!Ctor) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_ctor)
 | 
						||
          << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
          << 1 << (*Field)->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
        Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_field_decl);
 | 
						||
        Diag(RT->getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						||
          << Context.getTagDeclType(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        HadError = true;
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      if (FT.isConstQualified() && Ctor->isTrivial()) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_unintialized_member_in_ctor)
 | 
						||
          << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
          << 1 << (*Field)->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
        Diag((*Field)->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
        HadError = true;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Don't create initializers for trivial constructors, since they don't
 | 
						||
      // actually need to be run.
 | 
						||
      if (Ctor->isTrivial())
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> CtorArgs(*this);
 | 
						||
      if (CompleteConstructorCall(Ctor, MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 
 | 
						||
                                  Constructor->getLocation(), CtorArgs))
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      // FIXME: CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer should only contain a single 
 | 
						||
      // subexpression so we can wrap it in a CXXExprWithTemporaries if necessary.
 | 
						||
      ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						||
      CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =
 | 
						||
        new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer(Context,
 | 
						||
                                                 *Field, SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                 Ctor,
 | 
						||
                                                 SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                 CtorArgs.takeAs<Expr>(),
 | 
						||
                                                 CtorArgs.size(),
 | 
						||
                                                 SourceLocation());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      AllToInit.push_back(Member);
 | 
						||
      MarkDeclarationReferenced(Constructor->getLocation(), Ctor);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    else if (FT->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_unintialized_member_in_ctor)
 | 
						||
        << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
        << 0 << (*Field)->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
      Diag((*Field)->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
      HadError = true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    else if (FT.isConstQualified()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), diag::err_unintialized_member_in_ctor)
 | 
						||
        << (int)IsImplicitConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
        << 1 << (*Field)->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
      Diag((*Field)->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
      HadError = true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NumInitializers = AllToInit.size();
 | 
						||
  if (NumInitializers > 0) {
 | 
						||
    Constructor->setNumBaseOrMemberInitializers(NumInitializers);
 | 
						||
    CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **baseOrMemberInitializers =
 | 
						||
      new (Context) CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*[NumInitializers];
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Constructor->setBaseOrMemberInitializers(baseOrMemberInitializers);
 | 
						||
    for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < NumInitializers; ++Idx)
 | 
						||
      baseOrMemberInitializers[Idx] = AllToInit[Idx];
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return HadError;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static void *GetKeyForTopLevelField(FieldDecl *Field) {
 | 
						||
  // For anonymous unions, use the class declaration as the key.
 | 
						||
  if (const RecordType *RT = Field->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
    if (RT->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
 | 
						||
      return static_cast<void *>(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  return static_cast<void *>(Field);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static void *GetKeyForBase(QualType BaseType) {
 | 
						||
  if (const RecordType *RT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>())
 | 
						||
    return (void *)RT;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(0 && "Unexpected base type!");
 | 
						||
  return 0;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static void *GetKeyForMember(CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member,
 | 
						||
                             bool MemberMaybeAnon = false) {
 | 
						||
  // For fields injected into the class via declaration of an anonymous union,
 | 
						||
  // use its anonymous union class declaration as the unique key.
 | 
						||
  if (Member->isMemberInitializer()) {
 | 
						||
    FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // After SetBaseOrMemberInitializers call, Field is the anonymous union
 | 
						||
    // data member of the class. Data member used in the initializer list is
 | 
						||
    // in AnonUnionMember field.
 | 
						||
    if (MemberMaybeAnon && Field->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
 | 
						||
      Field = Member->getAnonUnionMember();
 | 
						||
    if (Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
 | 
						||
      RecordDecl *RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
      if (RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
 | 
						||
        return static_cast<void *>(RD);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    return static_cast<void *>(Field);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return GetKeyForBase(QualType(Member->getBaseClass(), 0));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnMemInitializers - Handle the member initializers for a constructor.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnMemInitializers(DeclPtrTy ConstructorDecl,
 | 
						||
                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
 | 
						||
                                MemInitTy **MemInits, unsigned NumMemInits) {
 | 
						||
  if (!ConstructorDecl)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
 | 
						||
    = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Constructor) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_only_constructors_take_base_inits);
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Constructor->isDependentContext()) {
 | 
						||
    llvm::DenseMap<void*, CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *>Members;
 | 
						||
    bool err = false;
 | 
						||
    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMemInits; i++) {
 | 
						||
      CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =
 | 
						||
        static_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*>(MemInits[i]);
 | 
						||
      void *KeyToMember = GetKeyForMember(Member);
 | 
						||
      CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *&PrevMember = Members[KeyToMember];
 | 
						||
      if (!PrevMember) {
 | 
						||
        PrevMember = Member;
 | 
						||
        continue;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      if (FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember())
 | 
						||
        Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::error_multiple_mem_initialization)
 | 
						||
          << Field->getNameAsString()
 | 
						||
          << Member->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      else {
 | 
						||
        Type *BaseClass = Member->getBaseClass();
 | 
						||
        assert(BaseClass && "ActOnMemInitializers - neither field or base");
 | 
						||
        Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::error_multiple_base_initialization)
 | 
						||
          << QualType(BaseClass, 0)
 | 
						||
          << Member->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(), diag::note_previous_initializer)
 | 
						||
        << 0;
 | 
						||
      err = true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (err)
 | 
						||
      return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  SetBaseOrMemberInitializers(Constructor,
 | 
						||
                      reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer **>(MemInits),
 | 
						||
                      NumMemInits, false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Constructor->isDependentContext())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_base_initialized) ==
 | 
						||
      Diagnostic::Ignored &&
 | 
						||
      Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_field_initialized) ==
 | 
						||
      Diagnostic::Ignored)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Also issue warning if order of ctor-initializer list does not match order
 | 
						||
  // of 1) base class declarations and 2) order of non-static data members.
 | 
						||
  llvm::SmallVector<const void*, 32> AllBaseOrMembers;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl
 | 
						||
    = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
  // Push virtual bases before others.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator VBase =
 | 
						||
       ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->vbases_end(); VBase != E; ++VBase)
 | 
						||
    AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(GetKeyForBase(VBase->getType()));
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    // Virtuals are alread in the virtual base list and are constructed
 | 
						||
    // first.
 | 
						||
    if (Base->isVirtual())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(GetKeyForBase(Base->getType()));
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field)
 | 
						||
    AllBaseOrMembers.push_back(GetKeyForTopLevelField(*Field));
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  int Last = AllBaseOrMembers.size();
 | 
						||
  int curIndex = 0;
 | 
						||
  CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *PrevMember = 0;
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMemInits; i++) {
 | 
						||
    CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer *Member =
 | 
						||
      static_cast<CXXBaseOrMemberInitializer*>(MemInits[i]);
 | 
						||
    void *MemberInCtorList = GetKeyForMember(Member, true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    for (; curIndex < Last; curIndex++)
 | 
						||
      if (MemberInCtorList == AllBaseOrMembers[curIndex])
 | 
						||
        break;
 | 
						||
    if (curIndex == Last) {
 | 
						||
      assert(PrevMember && "Member not in member list?!");
 | 
						||
      // Initializer as specified in ctor-initializer list is out of order.
 | 
						||
      // Issue a warning diagnostic.
 | 
						||
      if (PrevMember->isBaseInitializer()) {
 | 
						||
        // Diagnostics is for an initialized base class.
 | 
						||
        Type *BaseClass = PrevMember->getBaseClass();
 | 
						||
        Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::warn_base_initialized)
 | 
						||
          << QualType(BaseClass, 0);
 | 
						||
      } else {
 | 
						||
        FieldDecl *Field = PrevMember->getMember();
 | 
						||
        Diag(PrevMember->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::warn_field_initialized)
 | 
						||
          << Field->getNameAsString();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      // Also the note!
 | 
						||
      if (FieldDecl *Field = Member->getMember())
 | 
						||
        Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::note_fieldorbase_initialized_here) << 0
 | 
						||
          << Field->getNameAsString();
 | 
						||
      else {
 | 
						||
        Type *BaseClass = Member->getBaseClass();
 | 
						||
        Diag(Member->getSourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::note_fieldorbase_initialized_here) << 1
 | 
						||
          << QualType(BaseClass, 0);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      for (curIndex = 0; curIndex < Last; curIndex++)
 | 
						||
        if (MemberInCtorList == AllBaseOrMembers[curIndex])
 | 
						||
          break;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    PrevMember = Member;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void
 | 
						||
Sema::MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor) {
 | 
						||
  // Ignore dependent destructors.
 | 
						||
  if (Destructor->isDependentContext())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Destructor->getParent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Non-static data members.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator I = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    FieldDecl *Field = *I;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(Field->getType());
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    const RecordType* RT = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
    if (!RT)
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (FieldClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = FieldClassDecl->getDestructor(Context);
 | 
						||
    MarkDeclarationReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                              const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Bases.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    // Ignore virtual bases.
 | 
						||
    if (Base->isVirtual())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Ignore trivial destructors.
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = BaseClassDecl->getDestructor(Context);
 | 
						||
    MarkDeclarationReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                              const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Virtual bases.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator VBase = ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->vbases_end(); VBase != E; ++VBase) {
 | 
						||
    // Ignore trivial destructors.
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VBase->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = BaseClassDecl->getDestructor(Context);
 | 
						||
    MarkDeclarationReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                              const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(DeclPtrTy CDtorDecl) {
 | 
						||
  if (!CDtorDecl)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(CDtorDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
 | 
						||
      = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CDtorDecl.getAs<Decl>()))
 | 
						||
    SetBaseOrMemberInitializers(Constructor, 0, 0, false);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
namespace {
 | 
						||
  /// PureVirtualMethodCollector - traverses a class and its superclasses
 | 
						||
  /// and determines if it has any pure virtual methods.
 | 
						||
  class PureVirtualMethodCollector {
 | 
						||
    ASTContext &Context;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  public:
 | 
						||
    typedef llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 8> MethodList;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  private:
 | 
						||
    MethodList Methods;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    void Collect(const CXXRecordDecl* RD, MethodList& Methods);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  public:
 | 
						||
    PureVirtualMethodCollector(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl* RD)
 | 
						||
      : Context(Ctx) {
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      MethodList List;
 | 
						||
      Collect(RD, List);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Copy the temporary list to methods, and make sure to ignore any
 | 
						||
      // null entries.
 | 
						||
      for (size_t i = 0, e = List.size(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						||
        if (List[i])
 | 
						||
          Methods.push_back(List[i]);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool empty() const { return Methods.empty(); }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    MethodList::const_iterator methods_begin() { return Methods.begin(); }
 | 
						||
    MethodList::const_iterator methods_end() { return Methods.end(); }
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  void PureVirtualMethodCollector::Collect(const CXXRecordDecl* RD,
 | 
						||
                                           MethodList& Methods) {
 | 
						||
    // First, collect the pure virtual methods for the base classes.
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
         BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
      if (const RecordType *RT = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
        const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        if (BaseDecl && BaseDecl->isAbstract())
 | 
						||
          Collect(BaseDecl, Methods);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Next, zero out any pure virtual methods that this class overrides.
 | 
						||
    typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> MethodSetTy;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    MethodSetTy OverriddenMethods;
 | 
						||
    size_t MethodsSize = Methods.size();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = RD->decls_begin(), e = RD->decls_end();
 | 
						||
         i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						||
      // Traverse the record, looking for methods.
 | 
						||
      if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*i)) {
 | 
						||
        // If the method is pure virtual, add it to the methods vector.
 | 
						||
        if (MD->isPure())
 | 
						||
          Methods.push_back(MD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        // Record all the overridden methods in our set.
 | 
						||
        for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
 | 
						||
             E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
          // Keep track of the overridden methods.
 | 
						||
          OverriddenMethods.insert(*I);
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Now go through the methods and zero out all the ones we know are
 | 
						||
    // overridden.
 | 
						||
    for (size_t i = 0, e = MethodsSize; i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						||
      if (OverriddenMethods.count(Methods[i]))
 | 
						||
        Methods[i] = 0;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
 | 
						||
                                  unsigned DiagID, AbstractDiagSelID SelID,
 | 
						||
                                  const CXXRecordDecl *CurrentRD) {
 | 
						||
  if (SelID == -1)
 | 
						||
    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
 | 
						||
                                  PDiag(DiagID), CurrentRD);
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
 | 
						||
                                  PDiag(DiagID) << SelID, CurrentRD);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
 | 
						||
                                  const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
 | 
						||
                                  const CXXRecordDecl *CurrentRD) {
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T))
 | 
						||
    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AT->getElementType(), PD,
 | 
						||
                                  CurrentRD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
 | 
						||
    // Find the innermost pointer type.
 | 
						||
    while (const PointerType *T = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<PointerType>())
 | 
						||
      PT = T;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PT->getPointeeType()))
 | 
						||
      return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AT->getElementType(), PD, CurrentRD);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  if (!RT)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  if (!RD)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (CurrentRD && CurrentRD != RD)
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!RD->isAbstract())
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Diag(Loc, PD) << RD->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check if we've already emitted the list of pure virtual functions for this
 | 
						||
  // class.
 | 
						||
  if (PureVirtualClassDiagSet && PureVirtualClassDiagSet->count(RD))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  PureVirtualMethodCollector Collector(Context, RD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (PureVirtualMethodCollector::MethodList::const_iterator I =
 | 
						||
       Collector.methods_begin(), E = Collector.methods_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    const CXXMethodDecl *MD = *I;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_pure_virtual_function) <<
 | 
						||
      MD->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!PureVirtualClassDiagSet)
 | 
						||
    PureVirtualClassDiagSet.reset(new RecordDeclSetTy);
 | 
						||
  PureVirtualClassDiagSet->insert(RD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
namespace {
 | 
						||
  class AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser
 | 
						||
    : public DeclVisitor<AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser, bool> {
 | 
						||
    Sema &SemaRef;
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *AbstractClass;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool VisitDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						||
      bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      for (CXXRecordDecl::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(),
 | 
						||
           E = DC->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						||
        Invalid |= Visit(*I);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      return Invalid;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  public:
 | 
						||
    AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser(Sema& SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *ac)
 | 
						||
      : SemaRef(SemaRef), AbstractClass(ac) {
 | 
						||
        Visit(SemaRef.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool VisitFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
 | 
						||
      if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
 | 
						||
        // No need to do the check if we're in a definition, because it requires
 | 
						||
        // that the return/param types are complete.
 | 
						||
        // because that requires
 | 
						||
        return VisitDeclContext(FD);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Check the return type.
 | 
						||
      QualType RTy = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
 | 
						||
      bool Invalid =
 | 
						||
        SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), RTy,
 | 
						||
                                       diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						||
                                       Sema::AbstractReturnType,
 | 
						||
                                       AbstractClass);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator I = FD->param_begin(),
 | 
						||
           E = FD->param_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
        const ParmVarDecl *VD = *I;
 | 
						||
        Invalid |=
 | 
						||
          SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                         VD->getOriginalType(),
 | 
						||
                                         diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						||
                                         Sema::AbstractParamType,
 | 
						||
                                         AbstractClass);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      return Invalid;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool VisitDecl(const Decl* D) {
 | 
						||
      if (const DeclContext *DC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D))
 | 
						||
        return VisitDeclContext(DC);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Perform semantic checks on a class definition that has been
 | 
						||
/// completing, introducing implicitly-declared members, checking for
 | 
						||
/// abstract types, etc.
 | 
						||
void Sema::CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
 | 
						||
  if (!Record || Record->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Record->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
    AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(Record);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (Record->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Record->isAbstract()) {
 | 
						||
    // Collect all the pure virtual methods and see if this is an abstract
 | 
						||
    // class after all.
 | 
						||
    PureVirtualMethodCollector Collector(Context, Record);
 | 
						||
    if (!Collector.empty())
 | 
						||
      Record->setAbstract(true);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Record->isAbstract())
 | 
						||
    (void)AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser(*this, Record);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             DeclPtrTy TagDecl,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation LBrac,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation RBrac) {
 | 
						||
  if (!TagDecl)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ActOnFields(S, RLoc, TagDecl,
 | 
						||
              (DeclPtrTy*)FieldCollector->getCurFields(),
 | 
						||
              FieldCollector->getCurNumFields(), LBrac, RBrac, 0);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CheckCompletedCXXClass(
 | 
						||
                      dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TagDecl.getAs<Decl>()));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass - Adds any implicitly-declared
 | 
						||
/// special functions, such as the default constructor, copy
 | 
						||
/// constructor, or destructor, to the given C++ class (C++
 | 
						||
/// [special]p1).  This routine can only be executed just before the
 | 
						||
/// definition of the class is complete.
 | 
						||
void Sema::AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
 | 
						||
  CanQualType ClassType
 | 
						||
    = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl));
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Implicit declarations have exception specifications, which are
 | 
						||
  // the union of the specifications of the implicitly called functions.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
 | 
						||
    //   A default constructor for a class X is a constructor of class X
 | 
						||
    //   that can be called without an argument. If there is no
 | 
						||
    //   user-declared constructor for class X, a default constructor is
 | 
						||
    //   implicitly declared. An implicitly-declared default constructor
 | 
						||
    //   is an inline public member of its class.
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name
 | 
						||
      = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(ClassType);
 | 
						||
    CXXConstructorDecl *DefaultCon =
 | 
						||
      CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl,
 | 
						||
                                 ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name,
 | 
						||
                                 Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy,
 | 
						||
                                                         0, 0, false, 0),
 | 
						||
                                 /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                 /*isExplicit=*/false,
 | 
						||
                                 /*isInline=*/true,
 | 
						||
                                 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
 | 
						||
    DefaultCon->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
    DefaultCon->setImplicit();
 | 
						||
    DefaultCon->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor());
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addDecl(DefaultCon);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p4:
 | 
						||
    //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy
 | 
						||
    //   constructor, one is declared implicitly.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p5:
 | 
						||
    //   The implicitly-declared copy constructor for a class X will
 | 
						||
    //   have the form
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //       X::X(const X&)
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //   if
 | 
						||
    bool HasConstCopyConstructor = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //     -- each direct or virtual base class B of X has a copy
 | 
						||
    //        constructor whose first parameter is of type const B& or
 | 
						||
    //        const volatile B&, and
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin();
 | 
						||
         HasConstCopyConstructor && Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
 | 
						||
      const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      HasConstCopyConstructor
 | 
						||
        = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //     -- for all the nonstatic data members of X that are of a
 | 
						||
    //        class type M (or array thereof), each such class type
 | 
						||
    //        has a copy constructor whose first parameter is of type
 | 
						||
    //        const M& or const volatile M&.
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin();
 | 
						||
         HasConstCopyConstructor && Field != ClassDecl->field_end();
 | 
						||
         ++Field) {
 | 
						||
      QualType FieldType = (*Field)->getType();
 | 
						||
      if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
        FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
      if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
        const CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
          = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        HasConstCopyConstructor
 | 
						||
          = FieldClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //   Otherwise, the implicitly declared copy constructor will have
 | 
						||
    //   the form
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //       X::X(X&)
 | 
						||
    QualType ArgType = ClassType;
 | 
						||
    if (HasConstCopyConstructor)
 | 
						||
      ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
 | 
						||
    ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //   An implicitly-declared copy constructor is an inline public
 | 
						||
    //   member of its class.
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name
 | 
						||
      = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(ClassType);
 | 
						||
    CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor
 | 
						||
      = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl,
 | 
						||
                                   ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name,
 | 
						||
                                   Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy,
 | 
						||
                                                           &ArgType, 1,
 | 
						||
                                                           false, 0),
 | 
						||
                                   /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                   /*isExplicit=*/false,
 | 
						||
                                   /*isInline=*/true,
 | 
						||
                                   /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
 | 
						||
    CopyConstructor->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
    CopyConstructor->setImplicit();
 | 
						||
    CopyConstructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Add the parameter to the constructor.
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *FromParam = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CopyConstructor,
 | 
						||
                                                 ClassDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                                 ArgType, /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                                 VarDecl::None, 0);
 | 
						||
    CopyConstructor->setParams(Context, &FromParam, 1);
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyConstructor);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
 | 
						||
    // Note: The following rules are largely analoguous to the copy
 | 
						||
    // constructor rules. Note that virtual bases are not taken into account
 | 
						||
    // for determining the argument type of the operator. Note also that
 | 
						||
    // operators taking an object instead of a reference are allowed.
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.copy]p10:
 | 
						||
    //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy
 | 
						||
    //   assignment operator, one is declared implicitly.
 | 
						||
    //   The implicitly-defined copy assignment operator for a class X
 | 
						||
    //   will have the form
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //       X& X::operator=(const X&)
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //   if
 | 
						||
    bool HasConstCopyAssignment = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //       -- each direct base class B of X has a copy assignment operator
 | 
						||
    //          whose parameter is of type const B&, const volatile B& or B,
 | 
						||
    //          and
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin();
 | 
						||
         HasConstCopyAssignment && Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
 | 
						||
      assert(!Base->getType()->isDependentType() &&
 | 
						||
            "Cannot generate implicit members for class with dependent bases.");
 | 
						||
      const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      const CXXMethodDecl *MD = 0;
 | 
						||
      HasConstCopyAssignment = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyAssignment(Context,
 | 
						||
                                                                     MD);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //       -- for all the nonstatic data members of X that are of a class
 | 
						||
    //          type M (or array thereof), each such class type has a copy
 | 
						||
    //          assignment operator whose parameter is of type const M&,
 | 
						||
    //          const volatile M& or M.
 | 
						||
    for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin();
 | 
						||
         HasConstCopyAssignment && Field != ClassDecl->field_end();
 | 
						||
         ++Field) {
 | 
						||
      QualType FieldType = (*Field)->getType();
 | 
						||
      if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
        FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
      if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
        const CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
          = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
        const CXXMethodDecl *MD = 0;
 | 
						||
        HasConstCopyAssignment
 | 
						||
          = FieldClassDecl->hasConstCopyAssignment(Context, MD);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //   Otherwise, the implicitly declared copy assignment operator will
 | 
						||
    //   have the form
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //       X& X::operator=(X&)
 | 
						||
    QualType ArgType = ClassType;
 | 
						||
    QualType RetType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
 | 
						||
    if (HasConstCopyAssignment)
 | 
						||
      ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
 | 
						||
    ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    //   An implicitly-declared copy assignment operator is an inline public
 | 
						||
    //   member of its class.
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name =
 | 
						||
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
 | 
						||
    CXXMethodDecl *CopyAssignment =
 | 
						||
      CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name,
 | 
						||
                            Context.getFunctionType(RetType, &ArgType, 1,
 | 
						||
                                                    false, 0),
 | 
						||
                            /*TInfo=*/0, /*isStatic=*/false, /*isInline=*/true);
 | 
						||
    CopyAssignment->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
    CopyAssignment->setImplicit();
 | 
						||
    CopyAssignment->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment());
 | 
						||
    CopyAssignment->setCopyAssignment(true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Add the parameter to the operator.
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *FromParam = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CopyAssignment,
 | 
						||
                                                 ClassDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                                 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                                 ArgType, /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						||
                                                 VarDecl::None, 0);
 | 
						||
    CopyAssignment->setParams(Context, &FromParam, 1);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Don't call addedAssignmentOperator. There is no way to distinguish an
 | 
						||
    // implicit from an explicit assignment operator.
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyAssignment);
 | 
						||
    AddOverriddenMethods(ClassDecl, CopyAssignment);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.dtor]p2:
 | 
						||
    //   If a class has no user-declared destructor, a destructor is
 | 
						||
    //   declared implicitly. An implicitly-declared destructor is an
 | 
						||
    //   inline public member of its class.
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name
 | 
						||
      = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(ClassType);
 | 
						||
    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
 | 
						||
      = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl,
 | 
						||
                                  ClassDecl->getLocation(), Name,
 | 
						||
                                  Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy,
 | 
						||
                                                          0, 0, false, 0),
 | 
						||
                                  /*isInline=*/true,
 | 
						||
                                  /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
 | 
						||
    Destructor->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
    Destructor->setImplicit();
 | 
						||
    Destructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor());
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addDecl(Destructor);
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    AddOverriddenMethods(ClassDecl, Destructor);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TemplateD) {
 | 
						||
  Decl *D = TemplateD.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
  if (!D)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  TemplateParameterList *Params = 0;
 | 
						||
  if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
 | 
						||
    Params = Template->getTemplateParameters();
 | 
						||
  else if (ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec
 | 
						||
           = dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D))
 | 
						||
    Params = PartialSpec->getTemplateParameters();
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (TemplateParameterList::iterator Param = Params->begin(),
 | 
						||
                                    ParamEnd = Params->end();
 | 
						||
       Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *Named = cast<NamedDecl>(*Param);
 | 
						||
    if (Named->getDeclName()) {
 | 
						||
      S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Named));
 | 
						||
      IdResolver.AddDecl(Named);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy RecordD) {
 | 
						||
  if (!RecordD) return;
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(RecordD);
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  PushDeclContext(S, Record);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy RecordD) {
 | 
						||
  if (!RecordD) return;
 | 
						||
  PopDeclContext();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have completed
 | 
						||
/// parsing a top-level (non-nested) C++ class, and we are now
 | 
						||
/// parsing those parts of the given Method declaration that could
 | 
						||
/// not be parsed earlier (C++ [class.mem]p2), such as default
 | 
						||
/// arguments. This action should enter the scope of the given
 | 
						||
/// Method declaration as if we had just parsed the qualified method
 | 
						||
/// name. However, it should not bring the parameters into scope;
 | 
						||
/// that will be performed by ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy MethodD) {
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter - We've already started a delayed
 | 
						||
/// C++ method declaration. We're (re-)introducing the given
 | 
						||
/// function parameter into scope for use in parsing later parts of
 | 
						||
/// the method declaration. For example, we could see an
 | 
						||
/// ActOnParamDefaultArgument event for this parameter.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy ParamD) {
 | 
						||
  if (!ParamD)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(ParamD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If this parameter has an unparsed default argument, clear it out
 | 
						||
  // to make way for the parsed default argument.
 | 
						||
  if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
    Param->setDefaultArg(0);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(Param));
 | 
						||
  if (Param->getDeclName())
 | 
						||
    IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have finished
 | 
						||
/// processing the delayed method declaration for Method. The method
 | 
						||
/// declaration is now considered finished. There may be a separate
 | 
						||
/// ActOnStartOfFunctionDef action later (not necessarily
 | 
						||
/// immediately!) for this method, if it was also defined inside the
 | 
						||
/// class body.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy MethodD) {
 | 
						||
  if (!MethodD)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(MethodD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  FunctionDecl *Method = cast<FunctionDecl>(MethodD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Now that we have our default arguments, check the constructor
 | 
						||
  // again. It could produce additional diagnostics or affect whether
 | 
						||
  // the class has implicitly-declared destructors, among other
 | 
						||
  // things.
 | 
						||
  if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method))
 | 
						||
    CheckConstructor(Constructor);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check the default arguments, which we may have added.
 | 
						||
  if (!Method->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
    CheckCXXDefaultArguments(Method);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckConstructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check
 | 
						||
/// the well-formedness of the constructor declarator @p D with type @p
 | 
						||
/// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will
 | 
						||
/// emit diagnostics and set the invalid bit to true.  In any case, the type
 | 
						||
/// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the constructor and
 | 
						||
/// returned.
 | 
						||
QualType Sema::CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
 | 
						||
                                          FunctionDecl::StorageClass &SC) {
 | 
						||
  bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.ctor]p3:
 | 
						||
  //   A constructor shall not be virtual (10.3) or static (9.4). A
 | 
						||
  //   constructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or const
 | 
						||
  //   volatile object. A constructor shall not be declared const,
 | 
						||
  //   volatile, or const volatile (9.3.2).
 | 
						||
  if (isVirtual) {
 | 
						||
    if (!D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_cannot_be)
 | 
						||
        << "virtual" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc())
 | 
						||
        << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) {
 | 
						||
    if (!D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_cannot_be)
 | 
						||
        << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())
 | 
						||
        << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
    SC = FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
 | 
						||
  if (FTI.TypeQuals != 0) {
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Const)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor)
 | 
						||
        << "const" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor)
 | 
						||
        << "volatile" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Restrict)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_constructor)
 | 
						||
        << "restrict" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Rebuild the function type "R" without any type qualifiers (in
 | 
						||
  // case any of the errors above fired) and with "void" as the
 | 
						||
  // return type, since constructors don't have return types. We
 | 
						||
  // *always* have to do this, because GetTypeForDeclarator will
 | 
						||
  // put in a result type of "int" when none was specified.
 | 
						||
  const FunctionProtoType *Proto = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
 | 
						||
  return Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, Proto->arg_type_begin(),
 | 
						||
                                 Proto->getNumArgs(),
 | 
						||
                                 Proto->isVariadic(), 0);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckConstructor - Checks a fully-formed constructor for
 | 
						||
/// well-formedness, issuing any diagnostics required. Returns true if
 | 
						||
/// the constructor declarator is invalid.
 | 
						||
void Sema::CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor) {
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl
 | 
						||
    = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl)
 | 
						||
    return Constructor->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.copy]p3:
 | 
						||
  //   A declaration of a constructor for a class X is ill-formed if
 | 
						||
  //   its first parameter is of type (optionally cv-qualified) X and
 | 
						||
  //   either there are no other parameters or else all other
 | 
						||
  //   parameters have default arguments.
 | 
						||
  if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						||
      ((Constructor->getNumParams() == 1) ||
 | 
						||
       (Constructor->getNumParams() > 1 &&
 | 
						||
        Constructor->getParamDecl(1)->hasDefaultArg())) &&
 | 
						||
      Constructor->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
 | 
						||
                                              != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
 | 
						||
    QualType ParamType = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
 | 
						||
    QualType ClassTy = Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
    if (Context.getCanonicalType(ParamType).getUnqualifiedType() == ClassTy) {
 | 
						||
      SourceLocation ParamLoc = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getLocation();
 | 
						||
      Diag(ParamLoc, diag::err_constructor_byvalue_arg)
 | 
						||
        << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParamLoc, " const &");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // FIXME: Rather that making the constructor invalid, we should endeavor
 | 
						||
      // to fix the type.
 | 
						||
      Constructor->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Notify the class that we've added a constructor.
 | 
						||
  ClassDecl->addedConstructor(Context, Constructor);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckDestructor - Checks a fully-formed destructor for well-formedness, 
 | 
						||
/// issuing any diagnostics required. Returns true on error.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor) {
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = Destructor->getParent();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (Destructor->isVirtual()) {
 | 
						||
    SourceLocation Loc;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    if (!Destructor->isImplicit())
 | 
						||
      Loc = Destructor->getLocation();
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      Loc = RD->getLocation();
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    // If we have a virtual destructor, look up the deallocation function
 | 
						||
    FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
 | 
						||
    DeclarationName Name = 
 | 
						||
    Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
 | 
						||
    if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    Destructor->setOperatorDelete(OperatorDelete);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static inline bool
 | 
						||
FTIHasSingleVoidArgument(DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI) {
 | 
						||
  return (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
 | 
						||
          FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
 | 
						||
          FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType());
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckDestructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check
 | 
						||
/// the well-formednes of the destructor declarator @p D with type @p
 | 
						||
/// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will
 | 
						||
/// emit diagnostics and set the declarator to invalid.  Even if this happens,
 | 
						||
/// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the destructor and
 | 
						||
/// returned.
 | 
						||
QualType Sema::CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D,
 | 
						||
                                         FunctionDecl::StorageClass& SC) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.dtor]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   [...] A typedef-name that names a class is a class-name
 | 
						||
  //   (7.1.3); however, a typedef-name that names a class shall not
 | 
						||
  //   be used as the identifier in the declarator for a destructor
 | 
						||
  //   declaration.
 | 
						||
  QualType DeclaratorType = GetTypeFromParser(D.getName().DestructorName);
 | 
						||
  if (isa<TypedefType>(DeclaratorType)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_typedef_name)
 | 
						||
      << DeclaratorType;
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.dtor]p2:
 | 
						||
  //   A destructor is used to destroy objects of its class type. A
 | 
						||
  //   destructor takes no parameters, and no return type can be
 | 
						||
  //   specified for it (not even void). The address of a destructor
 | 
						||
  //   shall not be taken. A destructor shall not be static. A
 | 
						||
  //   destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or const
 | 
						||
  //   volatile object. A destructor shall not be declared const,
 | 
						||
  //   volatile or const volatile (9.3.2).
 | 
						||
  if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) {
 | 
						||
    if (!D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_cannot_be)
 | 
						||
        << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())
 | 
						||
        << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    SC = FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier() && !D.isInvalidType()) {
 | 
						||
    // Destructors don't have return types, but the parser will
 | 
						||
    // happily parse something like:
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //   class X {
 | 
						||
    //     float ~X();
 | 
						||
    //   };
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // The return type will be eliminated later.
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_return_type)
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
 | 
						||
  if (FTI.TypeQuals != 0 && !D.isInvalidType()) {
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Const)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor)
 | 
						||
        << "const" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor)
 | 
						||
        << "volatile" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    if (FTI.TypeQuals & Qualifiers::Restrict)
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_destructor)
 | 
						||
        << "restrict" << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Make sure we don't have any parameters.
 | 
						||
  if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && !FTIHasSingleVoidArgument(FTI)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_with_params);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Delete the parameters.
 | 
						||
    FTI.freeArgs();
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Make sure the destructor isn't variadic.
 | 
						||
  if (FTI.isVariadic) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_variadic);
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Rebuild the function type "R" without any type qualifiers or
 | 
						||
  // parameters (in case any of the errors above fired) and with
 | 
						||
  // "void" as the return type, since destructors don't have return
 | 
						||
  // types. We *always* have to do this, because GetTypeForDeclarator
 | 
						||
  // will put in a result type of "int" when none was specified.
 | 
						||
  return Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check the
 | 
						||
/// well-formednes of the conversion function declarator @p D with
 | 
						||
/// type @p R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine
 | 
						||
/// will emit diagnostics and return true. Otherwise, it will return
 | 
						||
/// false. Either way, the type @p R will be updated to reflect a
 | 
						||
/// well-formed type for the conversion operator.
 | 
						||
void Sema::CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
 | 
						||
                                     FunctionDecl::StorageClass& SC) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.conv.fct]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   Neither parameter types nor return type can be specified. The
 | 
						||
  //   type of a conversion function (8.3.5) is "function taking no
 | 
						||
  //   parameter returning conversion-type-id."
 | 
						||
  if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static) {
 | 
						||
    if (!D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						||
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_not_member)
 | 
						||
        << "static" << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())
 | 
						||
        << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
    SC = FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier() && !D.isInvalidType()) {
 | 
						||
    // Conversion functions don't have return types, but the parser will
 | 
						||
    // happily parse something like:
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //   class X {
 | 
						||
    //     float operator bool();
 | 
						||
    //   };
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // The return type will be changed later anyway.
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_return_type)
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Make sure we don't have any parameters.
 | 
						||
  if (R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumArgs() > 0) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_with_params);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Delete the parameters.
 | 
						||
    D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.freeArgs();
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Make sure the conversion function isn't variadic.
 | 
						||
  if (R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->isVariadic() && !D.isInvalidType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_variadic);
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.conv.fct]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   The conversion-type-id shall not represent a function type nor
 | 
						||
  //   an array type.
 | 
						||
  QualType ConvType = GetTypeFromParser(D.getName().ConversionFunctionId);
 | 
						||
  if (ConvType->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_to_array);
 | 
						||
    ConvType = Context.getPointerType(ConvType);
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  } else if (ConvType->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_conv_function_to_function);
 | 
						||
    ConvType = Context.getPointerType(ConvType);
 | 
						||
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Rebuild the function type "R" without any parameters (in case any
 | 
						||
  // of the errors above fired) and with the conversion type as the
 | 
						||
  // return type.
 | 
						||
  R = Context.getFunctionType(ConvType, 0, 0, false,
 | 
						||
                              R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++0x explicit conversion operators.
 | 
						||
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
 | 
						||
         diag::warn_explicit_conversion_functions)
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to complete
 | 
						||
/// the declaration of the given C++ conversion function. This routine
 | 
						||
/// is responsible for recording the conversion function in the C++
 | 
						||
/// class, if possible.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion) {
 | 
						||
  assert(Conversion && "Expected to receive a conversion function declaration");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Conversion->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Make sure we aren't redeclaring the conversion function.
 | 
						||
  QualType ConvType = Context.getCanonicalType(Conversion->getConversionType());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.conv.fct]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   [...] A conversion function is never used to convert a
 | 
						||
  //   (possibly cv-qualified) object to the (possibly cv-qualified)
 | 
						||
  //   same object type (or a reference to it), to a (possibly
 | 
						||
  //   cv-qualified) base class of that type (or a reference to it),
 | 
						||
  //   or to (possibly cv-qualified) void.
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the conversion function ends up being a
 | 
						||
  // virtual function that overrides a virtual function in a base class.
 | 
						||
  QualType ClassType
 | 
						||
    = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl));
 | 
						||
  if (const ReferenceType *ConvTypeRef = ConvType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
 | 
						||
    ConvType = ConvTypeRef->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
  if (ConvType->isRecordType()) {
 | 
						||
    ConvType = Context.getCanonicalType(ConvType).getUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						||
    if (ConvType == ClassType)
 | 
						||
      Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_self_not_used)
 | 
						||
        << ClassType;
 | 
						||
    else if (IsDerivedFrom(ClassType, ConvType))
 | 
						||
      Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_base_not_used)
 | 
						||
        <<  ClassType << ConvType;
 | 
						||
  } else if (ConvType->isVoidType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(Conversion->getLocation(), diag::warn_conv_to_void_not_used)
 | 
						||
      << ClassType << ConvType;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
 | 
						||
    // ignore specializations
 | 
						||
  } else if (Conversion->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
 | 
						||
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *ConversionTemplate
 | 
						||
                                  = Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
 | 
						||
      if (ClassDecl->replaceConversion(
 | 
						||
                                   ConversionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(),
 | 
						||
                                       ConversionTemplate))
 | 
						||
        return DeclPtrTy::make(ConversionTemplate);
 | 
						||
    } else if (ClassDecl->replaceConversion(Conversion->getPreviousDeclaration(),
 | 
						||
                                            Conversion))
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy::make(Conversion);
 | 
						||
    assert(Conversion->isInvalidDecl() && "Conversion should not get here.");
 | 
						||
  } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *ConversionTemplate
 | 
						||
               = Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addConversionFunction(ConversionTemplate);
 | 
						||
  else 
 | 
						||
    ClassDecl->addConversionFunction(Conversion);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Conversion);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
// Namespace Handling
 | 
						||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnStartNamespaceDef - This is called at the start of a namespace
 | 
						||
/// definition.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *NamespcScope,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             IdentifierInfo *II,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation LBrace) {
 | 
						||
  NamespaceDecl *Namespc =
 | 
						||
      NamespaceDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IdentLoc, II);
 | 
						||
  Namespc->setLBracLoc(LBrace);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Scope *DeclRegionScope = NamespcScope->getParent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (II) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [namespace.def]p2:
 | 
						||
    // The identifier in an original-namespace-definition shall not have been
 | 
						||
    // previously defined in the declarative region in which the
 | 
						||
    // original-namespace-definition appears. The identifier in an
 | 
						||
    // original-namespace-definition is the name of the namespace. Subsequently
 | 
						||
    // in that declarative region, it is treated as an original-namespace-name.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *PrevDecl
 | 
						||
      = LookupSingleName(DeclRegionScope, II, LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						||
                         ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (NamespaceDecl *OrigNS = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						||
      // This is an extended namespace definition.
 | 
						||
      // Attach this namespace decl to the chain of extended namespace
 | 
						||
      // definitions.
 | 
						||
      OrigNS->setNextNamespace(Namespc);
 | 
						||
      Namespc->setOriginalNamespace(OrigNS->getOriginalNamespace());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Remove the previous declaration from the scope.
 | 
						||
      if (DeclRegionScope->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(OrigNS))) {
 | 
						||
        IdResolver.RemoveDecl(OrigNS);
 | 
						||
        DeclRegionScope->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(OrigNS));
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    } else if (PrevDecl) {
 | 
						||
      // This is an invalid name redefinition.
 | 
						||
      Diag(Namespc->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
 | 
						||
       << Namespc->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						||
      Namespc->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
      // Continue on to push Namespc as current DeclContext and return it.
 | 
						||
    } else if (II->isStr("std") && 
 | 
						||
               CurContext->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
 | 
						||
      // This is the first "real" definition of the namespace "std", so update
 | 
						||
      // our cache of the "std" namespace to point at this definition.
 | 
						||
      if (StdNamespace) {
 | 
						||
        // We had already defined a dummy namespace "std". Link this new 
 | 
						||
        // namespace definition to the dummy namespace "std".
 | 
						||
        StdNamespace->setNextNamespace(Namespc);
 | 
						||
        StdNamespace->setLocation(IdentLoc);
 | 
						||
        Namespc->setOriginalNamespace(StdNamespace->getOriginalNamespace());
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      // Make our StdNamespace cache point at the first real definition of the
 | 
						||
      // "std" namespace.
 | 
						||
      StdNamespace = Namespc;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    PushOnScopeChains(Namespc, DeclRegionScope);
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // Anonymous namespaces.
 | 
						||
    assert(Namespc->isAnonymousNamespace());
 | 
						||
    CurContext->addDecl(Namespc);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Link the anonymous namespace into its parent.
 | 
						||
    NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl;
 | 
						||
    DeclContext *Parent = CurContext->getLookupContext();
 | 
						||
    if (TranslationUnitDecl *TU = dyn_cast<TranslationUnitDecl>(Parent)) {
 | 
						||
      PrevDecl = TU->getAnonymousNamespace();
 | 
						||
      TU->setAnonymousNamespace(Namespc);
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      NamespaceDecl *ND = cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent);
 | 
						||
      PrevDecl = ND->getAnonymousNamespace();
 | 
						||
      ND->setAnonymousNamespace(Namespc);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Link the anonymous namespace with its previous declaration.
 | 
						||
    if (PrevDecl) {
 | 
						||
      assert(PrevDecl->isAnonymousNamespace());
 | 
						||
      assert(!PrevDecl->getNextNamespace());
 | 
						||
      Namespc->setOriginalNamespace(PrevDecl->getOriginalNamespace());
 | 
						||
      PrevDecl->setNextNamespace(Namespc);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [namespace.unnamed]p1.  An unnamed-namespace-definition
 | 
						||
    //   behaves as if it were replaced by
 | 
						||
    //     namespace unique { /* empty body */ }
 | 
						||
    //     using namespace unique;
 | 
						||
    //     namespace unique { namespace-body }
 | 
						||
    //   where all occurrences of 'unique' in a translation unit are
 | 
						||
    //   replaced by the same identifier and this identifier differs
 | 
						||
    //   from all other identifiers in the entire program.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // We just create the namespace with an empty name and then add an
 | 
						||
    // implicit using declaration, just like the standard suggests.
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // CodeGen enforces the "universally unique" aspect by giving all
 | 
						||
    // declarations semantically contained within an anonymous
 | 
						||
    // namespace internal linkage.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (!PrevDecl) {
 | 
						||
      UsingDirectiveDecl* UD
 | 
						||
        = UsingDirectiveDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                                     /* 'using' */ LBrace,
 | 
						||
                                     /* 'namespace' */ SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                     /* qualifier */ SourceRange(),
 | 
						||
                                     /* NNS */ NULL,
 | 
						||
                                     /* identifier */ SourceLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                     Namespc,
 | 
						||
                                     /* Ancestor */ CurContext);
 | 
						||
      UD->setImplicit();
 | 
						||
      CurContext->addDecl(UD);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Although we could have an invalid decl (i.e. the namespace name is a
 | 
						||
  // redefinition), push it as current DeclContext and try to continue parsing.
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: We should be able to push Namespc here, so that the each DeclContext
 | 
						||
  // for the namespace has the declarations that showed up in that particular
 | 
						||
  // namespace definition.
 | 
						||
  PushDeclContext(NamespcScope, Namespc);
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Namespc);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// getNamespaceDecl - Returns the namespace a decl represents. If the decl
 | 
						||
/// is a namespace alias, returns the namespace it points to.
 | 
						||
static inline NamespaceDecl *getNamespaceDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
 | 
						||
  if (NamespaceAliasDecl *AD = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D))
 | 
						||
    return AD->getNamespace();
 | 
						||
  return dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(D);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnFinishNamespaceDef - This callback is called after a namespace is
 | 
						||
/// exited. Decl is the DeclTy returned by ActOnStartNamespaceDef.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(DeclPtrTy D, SourceLocation RBrace) {
 | 
						||
  Decl *Dcl = D.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
  NamespaceDecl *Namespc = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Dcl);
 | 
						||
  assert(Namespc && "Invalid parameter, expected NamespaceDecl");
 | 
						||
  Namespc->setRBracLoc(RBrace);
 | 
						||
  PopDeclContext();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                          SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 | 
						||
                                          SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
 | 
						||
                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                          SourceLocation IdentLoc,
 | 
						||
                                          IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
 | 
						||
                                          AttributeList *AttrList) {
 | 
						||
  assert(!SS.isInvalid() && "Invalid CXXScopeSpec.");
 | 
						||
  assert(NamespcName && "Invalid NamespcName.");
 | 
						||
  assert(IdentLoc.isValid() && "Invalid NamespceName location.");
 | 
						||
  assert(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope && "Invalid Scope.");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir = 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Lookup namespace name.
 | 
						||
  LookupResult R(*this, NamespcName, IdentLoc, LookupNamespaceName);
 | 
						||
  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
 | 
						||
  if (R.isAmbiguous())
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!R.empty()) {
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *Named = R.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						||
    assert((isa<NamespaceDecl>(Named) || isa<NamespaceAliasDecl>(Named))
 | 
						||
        && "expected namespace decl");
 | 
						||
    // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
 | 
						||
    //   A using-directive specifies that the names in the nominated
 | 
						||
    //   namespace can be used in the scope in which the
 | 
						||
    //   using-directive appears after the using-directive. During
 | 
						||
    //   unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if they
 | 
						||
    //   were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which
 | 
						||
    //   contains both the using-directive and the nominated
 | 
						||
    //   namespace. [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains
 | 
						||
    //   directly or indirectly". ]
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Find enclosing context containing both using-directive and
 | 
						||
    // nominated namespace.
 | 
						||
    NamespaceDecl *NS = getNamespaceDecl(Named);
 | 
						||
    DeclContext *CommonAncestor = cast<DeclContext>(NS);
 | 
						||
    while (CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext))
 | 
						||
      CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getParent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    UDir = UsingDirectiveDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, UsingLoc, NamespcLoc,
 | 
						||
                                      SS.getRange(),
 | 
						||
                                      (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep(),
 | 
						||
                                      IdentLoc, Named, CommonAncestor);
 | 
						||
    PushUsingDirective(S, UDir);
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_expected_namespace_name) << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: We ignore attributes for now.
 | 
						||
  delete AttrList;
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(UDir);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir) {
 | 
						||
  // If scope has associated entity, then using directive is at namespace
 | 
						||
  // or translation unit scope. We add UsingDirectiveDecls, into
 | 
						||
  // it's lookup structure.
 | 
						||
  if (DeclContext *Ctx = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()))
 | 
						||
    Ctx->addDecl(UDir);
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    // Otherwise it is block-sope. using-directives will affect lookup
 | 
						||
    // only to the end of scope.
 | 
						||
    S->PushUsingDirective(DeclPtrTy::make(UDir));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                            AccessSpecifier AS,
 | 
						||
                                            bool HasUsingKeyword,
 | 
						||
                                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 | 
						||
                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                            UnqualifiedId &Name,
 | 
						||
                                            AttributeList *AttrList,
 | 
						||
                                            bool IsTypeName,
 | 
						||
                                            SourceLocation TypenameLoc) {
 | 
						||
  assert(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope && "Invalid Scope.");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  switch (Name.getKind()) {
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
 | 
						||
    break;
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName:
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
 | 
						||
    // C++0x inherited constructors.
 | 
						||
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) break;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Diag(Name.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_using_decl_constructor)
 | 
						||
      << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName:
 | 
						||
    Diag(Name.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_using_decl_destructor)
 | 
						||
      << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
  case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId:
 | 
						||
    Diag(Name.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_using_decl_template_id)
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc, Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  DeclarationName TargetName = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
 | 
						||
  if (!TargetName)
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Warn about using declarations.
 | 
						||
  // TODO: store that the declaration was written without 'using' and
 | 
						||
  // talk about access decls instead of using decls in the
 | 
						||
  // diagnostics.
 | 
						||
  if (!HasUsingKeyword) {
 | 
						||
    UsingLoc = Name.getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    Diag(UsingLoc, diag::warn_access_decl_deprecated)
 | 
						||
      << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SS.getRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                                               "using ");
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *UD = BuildUsingDeclaration(S, AS, UsingLoc, SS,
 | 
						||
                                        Name.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
                                        TargetName, AttrList,
 | 
						||
                                        /* IsInstantiation */ false,
 | 
						||
                                        IsTypeName, TypenameLoc);
 | 
						||
  if (UD)
 | 
						||
    PushOnScopeChains(UD, S, /*AddToContext*/ false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(UD);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Determines whether to create a using shadow decl for a particular
 | 
						||
/// decl, given the set of decls existing prior to this using lookup.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Orig,
 | 
						||
                                const LookupResult &Previous) {
 | 
						||
  // Diagnose finding a decl which is not from a base class of the
 | 
						||
  // current class.  We do this now because there are cases where this
 | 
						||
  // function will silently decide not to build a shadow decl, which
 | 
						||
  // will pre-empt further diagnostics.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // We don't need to do this in C++0x because we do the check once on
 | 
						||
  // the qualifier.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: diagnose the following if we care enough:
 | 
						||
  //   struct A { int foo; };
 | 
						||
  //   struct B : A { using A::foo; };
 | 
						||
  //   template <class T> struct C : A {};
 | 
						||
  //   template <class T> struct D : C<T> { using B::foo; } // <---
 | 
						||
  // This is invalid (during instantiation) in C++03 because B::foo
 | 
						||
  // resolves to the using decl in B, which is not a base class of D<T>.
 | 
						||
  // We can't diagnose it immediately because C<T> is an unknown
 | 
						||
  // specialization.  The UsingShadowDecl in D<T> then points directly
 | 
						||
  // to A::foo, which will look well-formed when we instantiate.
 | 
						||
  // The right solution is to not collapse the shadow-decl chain.
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						||
    DeclContext *OrigDC = Orig->getDeclContext();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Handle enums and anonymous structs.
 | 
						||
    if (isa<EnumDecl>(OrigDC)) OrigDC = OrigDC->getParent();
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *OrigRec = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(OrigDC);
 | 
						||
    while (OrigRec->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
 | 
						||
      OrigRec = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(OrigRec->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(OrigRec)) {
 | 
						||
      if (OrigDC == CurContext) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(Using->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_current_class)
 | 
						||
          << Using->getNestedNameRange();
 | 
						||
        Diag(Orig->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Diag(Using->getNestedNameRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_base_class)
 | 
						||
        << Using->getTargetNestedNameDecl()
 | 
						||
        << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)
 | 
						||
        << Using->getNestedNameRange();
 | 
						||
      Diag(Orig->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Previous.empty()) return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *Target = Orig;
 | 
						||
  if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Target))
 | 
						||
    Target = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Target)->getTargetDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If the target happens to be one of the previous declarations, we
 | 
						||
  // don't have a conflict.
 | 
						||
  // 
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: but we might be increasing its access, in which case we
 | 
						||
  // should redeclare it.
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *NonTag = 0, *Tag = 0;
 | 
						||
  for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
 | 
						||
         I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
 | 
						||
    if (D->getCanonicalDecl() == Target->getCanonicalDecl())
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    (isa<TagDecl>(D) ? Tag : NonTag) = D;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Target->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()) {
 | 
						||
    FunctionDecl *FD;
 | 
						||
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Target))
 | 
						||
      FD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Target)->getTemplatedDecl();
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Target);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
 | 
						||
    switch (CheckOverload(FD, Previous, OldDecl)) {
 | 
						||
    case Ovl_Overload:
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    case Ovl_NonFunction:
 | 
						||
      Diag(Using->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
    // We found a decl with the exact signature.
 | 
						||
    case Ovl_Match:
 | 
						||
      if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldDecl)) {
 | 
						||
        // Silently ignore the possible conflict.
 | 
						||
        return false;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // If we're in a record, we want to hide the target, so we
 | 
						||
      // return true (without a diagnostic) to tell the caller not to
 | 
						||
      // build a shadow decl.
 | 
						||
      if (CurContext->isRecord())
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // If we're not in a record, this is an error.
 | 
						||
      Diag(Using->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Diag(Target->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
    Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Target is not a function.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (isa<TagDecl>(Target)) {
 | 
						||
    // No conflict between a tag and a non-tag.
 | 
						||
    if (!Tag) return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Diag(Using->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
    Diag(Target->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
    Diag(Tag->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // No conflict between a tag and a non-tag.
 | 
						||
  if (!NonTag) return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Diag(Using->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
  Diag(Target->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
  Diag(NonTag->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_conflict);
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Builds a shadow declaration corresponding to a 'using' declaration.
 | 
						||
UsingShadowDecl *Sema::BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                            UsingDecl *UD,
 | 
						||
                                            NamedDecl *Orig) {
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If we resolved to another shadow declaration, just coalesce them.
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *Target = Orig;
 | 
						||
  if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Target)) {
 | 
						||
    Target = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Target)->getTargetDecl();
 | 
						||
    assert(!isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Target) && "nested shadow declaration");
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  UsingShadowDecl *Shadow
 | 
						||
    = UsingShadowDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                              UD->getLocation(), UD, Target);
 | 
						||
  UD->addShadowDecl(Shadow);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (S)
 | 
						||
    PushOnScopeChains(Shadow, S);
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    CurContext->addDecl(Shadow);
 | 
						||
  Shadow->setAccess(UD->getAccess());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Orig->isInvalidDecl() || UD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
    Shadow->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return Shadow;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Hides a using shadow declaration.  This is required by the current
 | 
						||
/// using-decl implementation when a resolvable using declaration in a
 | 
						||
/// class is followed by a declaration which would hide or override
 | 
						||
/// one or more of the using decl's targets; for example:
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
///   struct Base { void foo(int); };
 | 
						||
///   struct Derived : Base {
 | 
						||
///     using Base::foo;
 | 
						||
///     void foo(int);
 | 
						||
///   };
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// The governing language is C++03 [namespace.udecl]p12:
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
///   When a using-declaration brings names from a base class into a
 | 
						||
///   derived class scope, member functions in the derived class
 | 
						||
///   override and/or hide member functions with the same name and
 | 
						||
///   parameter types in a base class (rather than conflicting).
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// There are two ways to implement this:
 | 
						||
///   (1) optimistically create shadow decls when they're not hidden
 | 
						||
///       by existing declarations, or
 | 
						||
///   (2) don't create any shadow decls (or at least don't make them
 | 
						||
///       visible) until we've fully parsed/instantiated the class.
 | 
						||
/// The problem with (1) is that we might have to retroactively remove
 | 
						||
/// a shadow decl, which requires several O(n) operations because the
 | 
						||
/// decl structures are (very reasonably) not designed for removal.
 | 
						||
/// (2) avoids this but is very fiddly and phase-dependent.
 | 
						||
void Sema::HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow) {
 | 
						||
  // Remove it from the DeclContext...
 | 
						||
  Shadow->getDeclContext()->removeDecl(Shadow);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // ...and the scope, if applicable...
 | 
						||
  if (S) {
 | 
						||
    S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(static_cast<Decl*>(Shadow)));
 | 
						||
    IdResolver.RemoveDecl(Shadow);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // ...and the using decl.
 | 
						||
  Shadow->getUsingDecl()->removeShadowDecl(Shadow);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // TODO: complain somehow if Shadow was used.  It shouldn't
 | 
						||
  // be possible for this to happen, because 
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Builds a using declaration.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param IsInstantiation - Whether this call arises from an
 | 
						||
///   instantiation of an unresolved using declaration.  We treat
 | 
						||
///   the lookup differently for these declarations.
 | 
						||
NamedDecl *Sema::BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
 | 
						||
                                       SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 | 
						||
                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                       SourceLocation IdentLoc,
 | 
						||
                                       DeclarationName Name,
 | 
						||
                                       AttributeList *AttrList,
 | 
						||
                                       bool IsInstantiation,
 | 
						||
                                       bool IsTypeName,
 | 
						||
                                       SourceLocation TypenameLoc) {
 | 
						||
  assert(!SS.isInvalid() && "Invalid CXXScopeSpec.");
 | 
						||
  assert(IdentLoc.isValid() && "Invalid TargetName location.");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: We ignore attributes for now.
 | 
						||
  delete AttrList;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (SS.isEmpty()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_requires_qualname);
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
 | 
						||
  LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, IdentLoc, LookupUsingDeclName,
 | 
						||
                        ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						||
  Previous.setHideTags(false);
 | 
						||
  if (S) {
 | 
						||
    LookupName(Previous, S);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // It is really dumb that we have to do this.
 | 
						||
    LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
 | 
						||
    while (F.hasNext()) {
 | 
						||
      NamedDecl *D = F.next();
 | 
						||
      if (!isDeclInScope(D, CurContext, S))
 | 
						||
        F.erase();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    F.done();
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    assert(IsInstantiation && "no scope in non-instantiation");
 | 
						||
    assert(CurContext->isRecord() && "scope not record in instantiation");
 | 
						||
    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, CurContext);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
 | 
						||
    static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check for invalid redeclarations.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(UsingLoc, IsTypeName, SS, IdentLoc, Previous))
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check for bad qualifiers.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckUsingDeclQualifier(UsingLoc, SS, IdentLoc))
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  DeclContext *LookupContext = computeDeclContext(SS);
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *D;
 | 
						||
  if (!LookupContext) {
 | 
						||
    if (IsTypeName) {
 | 
						||
      // FIXME: not all declaration name kinds are legal here
 | 
						||
      D = UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                                              UsingLoc, TypenameLoc,
 | 
						||
                                              SS.getRange(), NNS,
 | 
						||
                                              IdentLoc, Name);
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      D = UnresolvedUsingValueDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                                           UsingLoc, SS.getRange(), NNS,
 | 
						||
                                           IdentLoc, Name);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    D = UsingDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, IdentLoc,
 | 
						||
                          SS.getRange(), UsingLoc, NNS, Name,
 | 
						||
                          IsTypeName);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  D->setAccess(AS);
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(D);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!LookupContext) return D;
 | 
						||
  UsingDecl *UD = cast<UsingDecl>(D);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
 | 
						||
    UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return UD;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Look up the target name.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  LookupResult R(*this, Name, IdentLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Unlike most lookups, we don't always want to hide tag
 | 
						||
  // declarations: tag names are visible through the using declaration
 | 
						||
  // even if hidden by ordinary names, *except* in a dependent context
 | 
						||
  // where it's important for the sanity of two-phase lookup.
 | 
						||
  if (!IsInstantiation)
 | 
						||
    R.setHideTags(false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupContext);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (R.empty()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_no_member) 
 | 
						||
      << Name << LookupContext << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return UD;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (R.isAmbiguous()) {
 | 
						||
    UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return UD;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (IsTypeName) {
 | 
						||
    // If we asked for a typename and got a non-type decl, error out.
 | 
						||
    if (!R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_typename_non_type);
 | 
						||
      for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						||
        Diag((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
             diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
      UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
      return UD;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // If we asked for a non-typename and we got a type, error out,
 | 
						||
    // but only if this is an instantiation of an unresolved using
 | 
						||
    // decl.  Otherwise just silently find the type name.
 | 
						||
    if (IsInstantiation && R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_dependent_value_is_type);
 | 
						||
      Diag(R.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						||
      UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
      return UD;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++0x N2914 [namespace.udecl]p6:
 | 
						||
  // A using-declaration shall not name a namespace.
 | 
						||
  if (R.getAsSingle<NamespaceDecl>()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(IdentLoc, diag::err_using_decl_can_not_refer_to_namespace)
 | 
						||
      << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    UD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return UD;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    if (!CheckUsingShadowDecl(UD, *I, Previous))
 | 
						||
      BuildUsingShadowDecl(S, UD, *I);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return UD;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Checks that the given using declaration is not an invalid
 | 
						||
/// redeclaration.  Note that this is checking only for the using decl
 | 
						||
/// itself, not for any ill-formedness among the UsingShadowDecls.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 | 
						||
                                       bool isTypeName,
 | 
						||
                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						||
                                       const LookupResult &Prev) {
 | 
						||
  // C++03 [namespace.udecl]p8:
 | 
						||
  // C++0x [namespace.udecl]p10:
 | 
						||
  //   A using-declaration is a declaration and can therefore be used
 | 
						||
  //   repeatedly where (and only where) multiple declarations are
 | 
						||
  //   allowed.
 | 
						||
  // That's only in file contexts.
 | 
						||
  if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFileContext())
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NestedNameSpecifier *Qual
 | 
						||
    = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (LookupResult::iterator I = Prev.begin(), E = Prev.end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    NamedDecl *D = *I;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool DTypename;
 | 
						||
    NestedNameSpecifier *DQual;
 | 
						||
    if (UsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						||
      DTypename = UD->isTypeName();
 | 
						||
      DQual = UD->getTargetNestedNameDecl();
 | 
						||
    } else if (UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *UD
 | 
						||
                 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						||
      DTypename = false;
 | 
						||
      DQual = UD->getTargetNestedNameSpecifier();
 | 
						||
    } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *UD
 | 
						||
                 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						||
      DTypename = true;
 | 
						||
      DQual = UD->getTargetNestedNameSpecifier();
 | 
						||
    } else continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // using decls differ if one says 'typename' and the other doesn't.
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: non-dependent using decls?
 | 
						||
    if (isTypeName != DTypename) continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // using decls differ if they name different scopes (but note that
 | 
						||
    // template instantiation can cause this check to trigger when it
 | 
						||
    // didn't before instantiation).
 | 
						||
    if (Context.getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(Qual) !=
 | 
						||
        Context.getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DQual))
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_using_decl_redeclaration) << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 1;
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Checks that the given nested-name qualifier used in a using decl
 | 
						||
/// in the current context is appropriately related to the current
 | 
						||
/// scope.  If an error is found, diagnoses it and returns true.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 | 
						||
                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                   SourceLocation NameLoc) {
 | 
						||
  DeclContext *NamedContext = computeDeclContext(SS);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						||
    // C++03 [namespace.udecl]p3:
 | 
						||
    // C++0x [namespace.udecl]p8:
 | 
						||
    //   A using-declaration for a class member shall be a member-declaration.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // If we weren't able to compute a valid scope, it must be a
 | 
						||
    // dependent class scope.
 | 
						||
    if (!NamedContext || NamedContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_using_decl_can_not_refer_to_class_member)
 | 
						||
        << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Otherwise, everything is known to be fine.
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The current scope is a record.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If the named context is dependent, we can't decide much.
 | 
						||
  if (!NamedContext) {
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: in C++0x, we can diagnose if we can prove that the
 | 
						||
    // nested-name-specifier does not refer to a base class, which is
 | 
						||
    // still possible in some cases.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Otherwise we have to conservatively report that things might be
 | 
						||
    // okay.
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!NamedContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						||
    // Ideally this would point at the last name in the specifier,
 | 
						||
    // but we don't have that level of source info.
 | 
						||
    Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
         diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_class)
 | 
						||
      << (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep() << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
 | 
						||
    // C++0x [namespace.udecl]p3:
 | 
						||
    //   In a using-declaration used as a member-declaration, the
 | 
						||
    //   nested-name-specifier shall name a base class of the class
 | 
						||
    //   being defined.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(
 | 
						||
                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NamedContext))) {
 | 
						||
      if (CurContext == NamedContext) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(NameLoc,
 | 
						||
             diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_current_class)
 | 
						||
          << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_base_class)
 | 
						||
        << (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep()
 | 
						||
        << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)
 | 
						||
        << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++03 [namespace.udecl]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   A using-declaration used as a member-declaration shall refer
 | 
						||
  //   to a member of a base class of the class being defined [etc.].
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Salient point: SS doesn't have to name a base class as long as
 | 
						||
  // lookup only finds members from base classes.  Therefore we can
 | 
						||
  // diagnose here only if we can prove that that can't happen,
 | 
						||
  // i.e. if the class hierarchies provably don't intersect.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // TODO: it would be nice if "definitely valid" results were cached
 | 
						||
  // in the UsingDecl and UsingShadowDecl so that these checks didn't
 | 
						||
  // need to be repeated.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  struct UserData {
 | 
						||
    llvm::DenseSet<const CXXRecordDecl*> Bases;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    static bool collect(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, void *OpaqueData) {
 | 
						||
      UserData *Data = reinterpret_cast<UserData*>(OpaqueData);
 | 
						||
      Data->Bases.insert(Base);
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool hasDependentBases(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
 | 
						||
      return !Class->forallBases(collect, this);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    /// Returns true if the base is dependent or is one of the
 | 
						||
    /// accumulated base classes.
 | 
						||
    static bool doesNotContain(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, void *OpaqueData) {
 | 
						||
      UserData *Data = reinterpret_cast<UserData*>(OpaqueData);
 | 
						||
      return !Data->Bases.count(Base);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    bool mightShareBases(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
 | 
						||
      return Bases.count(Class) || !Class->forallBases(doesNotContain, this);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  UserData Data;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Returns false if we find a dependent base.
 | 
						||
  if (Data.hasDependentBases(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)))
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Returns false if the class has a dependent base or if it or one
 | 
						||
  // of its bases is present in the base set of the current context.
 | 
						||
  if (Data.mightShareBases(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NamedContext)))
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
       diag::err_using_decl_nested_name_specifier_is_not_base_class)
 | 
						||
    << (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep()
 | 
						||
    << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)
 | 
						||
    << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation AliasLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             IdentifierInfo *Alias,
 | 
						||
                                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						||
                                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
 | 
						||
                                             IdentifierInfo *Ident) {
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Lookup the namespace name.
 | 
						||
  LookupResult R(*this, Ident, IdentLoc, LookupNamespaceName);
 | 
						||
  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check if we have a previous declaration with the same name.
 | 
						||
  if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl
 | 
						||
        = LookupSingleName(S, Alias, LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration)) {
 | 
						||
    if (NamespaceAliasDecl *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						||
      // We already have an alias with the same name that points to the same
 | 
						||
      // namespace, so don't create a new one.
 | 
						||
      if (!R.isAmbiguous() && !R.empty() &&
 | 
						||
          AD->getNamespace() == getNamespaceDecl(R.getFoundDecl()))
 | 
						||
        return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    unsigned DiagID = isa<NamespaceDecl>(PrevDecl) ? diag::err_redefinition :
 | 
						||
      diag::err_redefinition_different_kind;
 | 
						||
    Diag(AliasLoc, DiagID) << Alias;
 | 
						||
    Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (R.isAmbiguous())
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (R.empty()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(NamespaceLoc, diag::err_expected_namespace_name) << SS.getRange();
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  NamespaceAliasDecl *AliasDecl =
 | 
						||
    NamespaceAliasDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, NamespaceLoc, AliasLoc,
 | 
						||
                               Alias, SS.getRange(),
 | 
						||
                               (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep(),
 | 
						||
                               IdentLoc, R.getFoundDecl());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(AliasDecl);
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(AliasDecl);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
 | 
						||
                                            CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor) {
 | 
						||
  assert((Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
 | 
						||
          !Constructor->isUsed()) &&
 | 
						||
    "DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - call it for implicit default ctor");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl
 | 
						||
    = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Constructor->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
  assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - invalid constructor");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (SetBaseOrMemberInitializers(Constructor, 0, 0, true)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_member_synthesized_at) 
 | 
						||
      << CXXDefaultConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
    Constructor->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    Constructor->setUsed();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
 | 
						||
                                    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor) {
 | 
						||
  assert((Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed()) &&
 | 
						||
         "DefineImplicitDestructor - call it for implicit default dtor");
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Destructor->getParent();
 | 
						||
  assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitDestructor - invalid destructor");
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.dtor] p5
 | 
						||
  // Before the implicitly-declared default destructor for a class is
 | 
						||
  // implicitly defined, all the implicitly-declared default destructors
 | 
						||
  // for its base class and its non-static data members shall have been
 | 
						||
  // implicitly defined.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
 | 
						||
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor =
 | 
						||
          const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(BaseClassDecl->getDestructor(Context)))
 | 
						||
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseDtor);
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        assert(false &&
 | 
						||
               "DefineImplicitDestructor - missing dtor in a base class");
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) {
 | 
						||
    QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType());
 | 
						||
    if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
      FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
    if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      if (!FieldClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
 | 
						||
        if (CXXDestructorDecl *FieldDtor =
 | 
						||
            const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(
 | 
						||
                                        FieldClassDecl->getDestructor(Context)))
 | 
						||
          MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldDtor);
 | 
						||
        else
 | 
						||
          assert(false &&
 | 
						||
          "DefineImplicitDestructor - missing dtor in class of a data member");
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: If CheckDestructor fails, we should emit a note about where the
 | 
						||
  // implicit destructor was needed.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckDestructor(Destructor)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_member_synthesized_at) 
 | 
						||
      << CXXDestructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    Destructor->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Destructor->setUsed();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
 | 
						||
                                          CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl) {
 | 
						||
  assert((MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
 | 
						||
          MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal &&
 | 
						||
          !MethodDecl->isUsed()) &&
 | 
						||
         "DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign - call it for implicit assignment op");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl
 | 
						||
    = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(MethodDecl->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++[class.copy] p12
 | 
						||
  // Before the implicitly-declared copy assignment operator for a class is
 | 
						||
  // implicitly defined, all implicitly-declared copy assignment operators
 | 
						||
  // for its direct base classes and its nonstatic data members shall have
 | 
						||
  // been implicitly defined.
 | 
						||
  bool err = false;
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->bases_end(); Base != E; ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (CXXMethodDecl *BaseAssignOpMethod =
 | 
						||
          getAssignOperatorMethod(CurrentLocation, MethodDecl->getParamDecl(0), 
 | 
						||
                                  BaseClassDecl))
 | 
						||
      MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseAssignOpMethod);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); Field != E; ++Field) {
 | 
						||
    QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType());
 | 
						||
    if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
      FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
    if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      if (CXXMethodDecl *FieldAssignOpMethod =
 | 
						||
          getAssignOperatorMethod(CurrentLocation, MethodDecl->getParamDecl(0), 
 | 
						||
                                  FieldClassDecl))
 | 
						||
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldAssignOpMethod);
 | 
						||
    } else if (FieldType->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_uninitialized_member_for_assign)
 | 
						||
      << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 0 << Field->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
      Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
      Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_first_required_here);
 | 
						||
      err = true;
 | 
						||
    } else if (FieldType.isConstQualified()) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_uninitialized_member_for_assign)
 | 
						||
      << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl) << 1 << Field->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
      Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						||
      Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_first_required_here);
 | 
						||
      err = true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (!err)
 | 
						||
    MethodDecl->setUsed();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
CXXMethodDecl *
 | 
						||
Sema::getAssignOperatorMethod(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
 | 
						||
                              ParmVarDecl *ParmDecl,
 | 
						||
                              CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
 | 
						||
  QualType LHSType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl);
 | 
						||
  QualType RHSType(LHSType);
 | 
						||
  // If class's assignment operator argument is const/volatile qualified,
 | 
						||
  // look for operator = (const/volatile B&). Otherwise, look for
 | 
						||
  // operator = (B&).
 | 
						||
  RHSType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(RHSType,
 | 
						||
                                     ParmDecl->getType().getCVRQualifiers());
 | 
						||
  ExprOwningPtr<Expr> LHS(this,  new (Context) DeclRefExpr(ParmDecl,
 | 
						||
                                                           LHSType,
 | 
						||
                                                           SourceLocation()));
 | 
						||
  ExprOwningPtr<Expr> RHS(this,  new (Context) DeclRefExpr(ParmDecl,
 | 
						||
                                                           RHSType,
 | 
						||
                                                           CurrentLocation));
 | 
						||
  Expr *Args[2] = { &*LHS, &*RHS };
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
 | 
						||
  AddMemberOperatorCandidates(clang::OO_Equal, SourceLocation(), Args, 2,
 | 
						||
                              CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
 | 
						||
  if (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, CurrentLocation, Best) == OR_Success)
 | 
						||
    return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
 | 
						||
  assert(false &&
 | 
						||
         "getAssignOperatorMethod - copy assignment operator method not found");
 | 
						||
  return 0;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
 | 
						||
                                   CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor,
 | 
						||
                                   unsigned TypeQuals) {
 | 
						||
  assert((CopyConstructor->isImplicit() &&
 | 
						||
          CopyConstructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals) &&
 | 
						||
          !CopyConstructor->isUsed()) &&
 | 
						||
         "DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - call it for implicit copy ctor");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl
 | 
						||
    = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CopyConstructor->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
  assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - invalid constructor");
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.copy] p209
 | 
						||
  // Before the implicitly-declared copy constructor for a class is
 | 
						||
  // implicitly defined, all the implicitly-declared copy constructors
 | 
						||
  // for its base class and its non-static data members shall have been
 | 
						||
  // implicitly defined.
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin();
 | 
						||
       Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
    if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCopyCtor =
 | 
						||
        BaseClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals))
 | 
						||
      MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, BaseCopyCtor);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
 | 
						||
                                  FieldEnd = ClassDecl->field_end();
 | 
						||
       Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
 | 
						||
    QualType FieldType = Context.getCanonicalType((*Field)->getType());
 | 
						||
    if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(FieldType))
 | 
						||
      FieldType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						||
    if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
 | 
						||
        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      if (CXXConstructorDecl *FieldCopyCtor =
 | 
						||
          FieldClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals))
 | 
						||
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(CurrentLocation, FieldCopyCtor);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  CopyConstructor->setUsed();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::OwningExprResult
 | 
						||
Sema::BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
 | 
						||
                            CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
 | 
						||
                            MultiExprArg ExprArgs,
 | 
						||
                            bool RequiresZeroInit) {
 | 
						||
  bool Elidable = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.copy]p15:
 | 
						||
  //   Whenever a temporary class object is copied using a copy constructor, and
 | 
						||
  //   this object and the copy have the same cv-unqualified type, an
 | 
						||
  //   implementation is permitted to treat the original and the copy as two
 | 
						||
  //   different ways of referring to the same object and not perform a copy at
 | 
						||
  //   all, even if the class copy constructor or destructor have side effects.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Is this enough?
 | 
						||
  if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
 | 
						||
    Expr *E = ((Expr **)ExprArgs.get())[0];
 | 
						||
    if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      if (ICE->getCastKind() == CastExpr::CK_NoOp)
 | 
						||
        E = ICE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						||
    if (CXXFunctionalCastExpr *FCE = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      E = FCE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						||
    while (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      E = BE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						||
    if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      if (ICE->getCastKind() == CastExpr::CK_NoOp)
 | 
						||
        E = ICE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      Elidable = !CE->getCallReturnType()->isReferenceType();
 | 
						||
    else if (isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      Elidable = true;
 | 
						||
    else if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
 | 
						||
      Elidable = true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return BuildCXXConstructExpr(ConstructLoc, DeclInitType, Constructor,
 | 
						||
                               Elidable, move(ExprArgs), RequiresZeroInit);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
 | 
						||
/// including handling of its default argument expressions.
 | 
						||
Sema::OwningExprResult
 | 
						||
Sema::BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
 | 
						||
                            CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
 | 
						||
                            MultiExprArg ExprArgs,
 | 
						||
                            bool RequiresZeroInit) {
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumExprs = ExprArgs.size();
 | 
						||
  Expr **Exprs = (Expr **)ExprArgs.release();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  MarkDeclarationReferenced(ConstructLoc, Constructor);
 | 
						||
  return Owned(CXXConstructExpr::Create(Context, DeclInitType, ConstructLoc,
 | 
						||
                                        Constructor, Elidable, Exprs, NumExprs, 
 | 
						||
                                        RequiresZeroInit));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::OwningExprResult
 | 
						||
Sema::BuildCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
 | 
						||
                                  QualType Ty,
 | 
						||
                                  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc,
 | 
						||
                                  MultiExprArg Args,
 | 
						||
                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumExprs = Args.size();
 | 
						||
  Expr **Exprs = (Expr **)Args.release();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  MarkDeclarationReferenced(TyBeginLoc, Constructor);
 | 
						||
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXTemporaryObjectExpr(Context, Constructor, Ty, 
 | 
						||
                                                    TyBeginLoc, Exprs,
 | 
						||
                                                    NumExprs, RParenLoc));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
 | 
						||
                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
 | 
						||
                                        MultiExprArg Exprs) {
 | 
						||
  OwningExprResult TempResult =
 | 
						||
    BuildCXXConstructExpr(VD->getLocation(), VD->getType(), Constructor,
 | 
						||
                          move(Exprs));
 | 
						||
  if (TempResult.isInvalid())
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Expr *Temp = TempResult.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						||
  MarkDeclarationReferenced(VD->getLocation(), Constructor);
 | 
						||
  Temp = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Temp);
 | 
						||
  VD->setInit(Context, Temp);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, QualType DeclInitType) {
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
 | 
						||
                                  DeclInitType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  if (!ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						||
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
 | 
						||
        const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(ClassDecl->getDestructor(Context)))
 | 
						||
      MarkDeclarationReferenced(VD->getLocation(), Destructor);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl - This action is called immediately after
 | 
						||
/// ActOnDeclarator, when a C++ direct initializer is present.
 | 
						||
/// e.g: "int x(1);"
 | 
						||
void Sema::AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy Dcl,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
 | 
						||
                                         MultiExprArg Exprs,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
 | 
						||
  assert(Exprs.size() != 0 && Exprs.get() && "missing expressions");
 | 
						||
  Decl *RealDecl = Dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
 | 
						||
  // the initializer.
 | 
						||
  if (RealDecl == 0)
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
 | 
						||
  if (!VDecl) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
 | 
						||
    RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
 | 
						||
  //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
 | 
						||
  //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
 | 
						||
  // direct initializer using VarDecl::hasCXXDirectInitializer().
 | 
						||
  // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
 | 
						||
  // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
 | 
						||
  // special case code.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If either the declaration has a dependent type or if any of the expressions
 | 
						||
  // is type-dependent, we represent the initialization via a ParenListExpr for
 | 
						||
  // later use during template instantiation.
 | 
						||
  if (VDecl->getType()->isDependentType() ||
 | 
						||
      Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments((Expr **)Exprs.get(), Exprs.size())) {
 | 
						||
    // Let clients know that initialization was done with a direct initializer.
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setCXXDirectInitializer(true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Store the initialization expressions as a ParenListExpr.
 | 
						||
    unsigned NumExprs = Exprs.size();
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setInit(Context,
 | 
						||
                   new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
 | 
						||
                                               (Expr **)Exprs.release(),
 | 
						||
                                               NumExprs, RParenLoc));
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ 8.5p11:
 | 
						||
  // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
 | 
						||
  // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
 | 
						||
  // class type.
 | 
						||
  QualType DeclInitType = VDecl->getType();
 | 
						||
  if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclInitType))
 | 
						||
    DeclInitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
 | 
						||
                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
 | 
						||
  if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
 | 
						||
                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						||
                             AbstractVariableType))
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  const VarDecl *Def = 0;
 | 
						||
  if (VDecl->getDefinition(Def)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
 | 
						||
    << VDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
 | 
						||
  // initialization.
 | 
						||
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Poor source location information.
 | 
						||
  InitializationKind Kind
 | 
						||
    = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                                       LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 
 | 
						||
                                 (Expr**)Exprs.get(), Exprs.size());
 | 
						||
  OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(Exprs));
 | 
						||
  if (Result.isInvalid()) {
 | 
						||
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  Result = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(move(Result));
 | 
						||
  VDecl->setInit(Context, Result.takeAs<Expr>());
 | 
						||
  VDecl->setCXXDirectInitializer(true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
 | 
						||
    FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, DeclInitType);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Add the applicable constructor candidates for an initialization
 | 
						||
/// by constructor.
 | 
						||
static void AddConstructorInitializationCandidates(Sema &SemaRef,
 | 
						||
                                                   QualType ClassType,
 | 
						||
                                                   Expr **Args,
 | 
						||
                                                   unsigned NumArgs,
 | 
						||
                                                   InitializationKind Kind,
 | 
						||
                                           OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.init]p14:
 | 
						||
  //   If the initialization is direct-initialization, or if it is
 | 
						||
  //   copy-initialization where the cv-unqualified version of the
 | 
						||
  //   source type is the same class as, or a derived class of, the
 | 
						||
  //   class of the destination, constructors are considered. The
 | 
						||
  //   applicable constructors are enumerated (13.3.1.3), and the
 | 
						||
  //   best one is chosen through overload resolution (13.3). The
 | 
						||
  //   constructor so selected is called to initialize the object,
 | 
						||
  //   with the initializer expression(s) as its argument(s). If no
 | 
						||
  //   constructor applies, or the overload resolution is ambiguous,
 | 
						||
  //   the initialization is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
  const RecordType *ClassRec = ClassType->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						||
  assert(ClassRec && "Can only initialize a class type here");
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: When we decide not to synthesize the implicitly-declared
 | 
						||
  // constructors, we'll need to make them appear here.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ClassRec->getDecl());
 | 
						||
  DeclarationName ConstructorName
 | 
						||
    = SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
 | 
						||
              SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType).getUnqualifiedType());
 | 
						||
  DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
 | 
						||
  for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = ClassDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
 | 
						||
       Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
 | 
						||
    // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
 | 
						||
    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
 | 
						||
    FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
 | 
						||
    if (ConstructorTmpl)
 | 
						||
      Constructor
 | 
						||
      = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    if ((Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Direct) ||
 | 
						||
        (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Value) ||
 | 
						||
        (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Copy &&
 | 
						||
         Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(/*AllowExplicit=*/false)) ||
 | 
						||
        ((Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default) && 
 | 
						||
         Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())) {
 | 
						||
      if (ConstructorTmpl)
 | 
						||
        SemaRef.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl,
 | 
						||
                                             /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
 | 
						||
                                             Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        SemaRef.AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Attempt to perform initialization by constructor 
 | 
						||
/// (C++ [dcl.init]p14), which may occur as part of direct-initialization or 
 | 
						||
/// copy-initialization. 
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// This routine determines whether initialization by constructor is possible,
 | 
						||
/// but it does not emit any diagnostics in the case where the initialization
 | 
						||
/// is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param ClassType the type of the object being initialized, which must have
 | 
						||
/// class type.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Args the arguments provided to initialize the object
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param NumArgs the number of arguments provided to initialize the object
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Kind the type of initialization being performed
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \returns the constructor used to initialize the object, if successful.
 | 
						||
/// Otherwise, emits a diagnostic and returns NULL.
 | 
						||
CXXConstructorDecl *
 | 
						||
Sema::TryInitializationByConstructor(QualType ClassType,
 | 
						||
                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
 | 
						||
                                     SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						||
                                     InitializationKind Kind) {
 | 
						||
  // Build the overload candidate set
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
 | 
						||
  AddConstructorInitializationCandidates(*this, ClassType, Args, NumArgs, Kind,
 | 
						||
                                         CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Determine whether we found a constructor we can use.
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
 | 
						||
  switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Loc, Best)) {
 | 
						||
    case OR_Success:
 | 
						||
    case OR_Deleted:
 | 
						||
      // We found a constructor. Return it.
 | 
						||
      return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function);
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
 | 
						||
    case OR_Ambiguous:
 | 
						||
      // Overload resolution failed. Return nothing.
 | 
						||
      return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Silence GCC warning
 | 
						||
  return 0;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Perform initialization by constructor (C++ [dcl.init]p14), which 
 | 
						||
/// may occur as part of direct-initialization or copy-initialization. 
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param ClassType the type of the object being initialized, which must have
 | 
						||
/// class type.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param ArgsPtr the arguments provided to initialize the object
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Loc the source location where the initialization occurs
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Range the source range that covers the entire initialization
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param InitEntity the name of the entity being initialized, if known
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Kind the type of initialization being performed
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param ConvertedArgs a vector that will be filled in with the 
 | 
						||
/// appropriately-converted arguments to the constructor (if initialization
 | 
						||
/// succeeded).
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \returns the constructor used to initialize the object, if successful.
 | 
						||
/// Otherwise, emits a diagnostic and returns NULL.
 | 
						||
CXXConstructorDecl *
 | 
						||
Sema::PerformInitializationByConstructor(QualType ClassType,
 | 
						||
                                         MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
 | 
						||
                                         DeclarationName InitEntity,
 | 
						||
                                         InitializationKind Kind,
 | 
						||
                      ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> &ConvertedArgs) {
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Build the overload candidate set
 | 
						||
  Expr **Args = (Expr **)ArgsPtr.get();
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumArgs = ArgsPtr.size();
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
 | 
						||
  AddConstructorInitializationCandidates(*this, ClassType, Args, NumArgs, Kind,
 | 
						||
                                         CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
 | 
						||
  switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Loc, Best)) {
 | 
						||
  case OR_Success:
 | 
						||
    // We found a constructor. Break out so that we can convert the arguments 
 | 
						||
    // appropriately.
 | 
						||
    break;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
 | 
						||
    if (InitEntity)
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init)
 | 
						||
        << InitEntity << Range;
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init)
 | 
						||
        << ClassType << Range;
 | 
						||
    PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  case OR_Ambiguous:
 | 
						||
    if (InitEntity)
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_init) << InitEntity << Range;
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_init) << ClassType << Range;
 | 
						||
    PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  case OR_Deleted:
 | 
						||
    if (InitEntity)
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_init)
 | 
						||
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
 | 
						||
        << InitEntity << Range;
 | 
						||
    else {
 | 
						||
      const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
 | 
						||
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ClassType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_init)
 | 
						||
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
 | 
						||
        << RD->getDeclName() << Range;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Convert the arguments, fill in default arguments, etc.
 | 
						||
  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function);
 | 
						||
  if (CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, move(ArgsPtr), Loc, ConvertedArgs))
 | 
						||
    return 0;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return Constructor;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Given a constructor and the set of arguments provided for the
 | 
						||
/// constructor, convert the arguments and add any required default arguments
 | 
						||
/// to form a proper call to this constructor.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
 | 
						||
bool 
 | 
						||
Sema::CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
 | 
						||
                              MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
 | 
						||
                              SourceLocation Loc,                                    
 | 
						||
                     ASTOwningVector<&ActionBase::DeleteExpr> &ConvertedArgs) {
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: This duplicates a lot of code from Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall.
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumArgs = ArgsPtr.size();
 | 
						||
  Expr **Args = (Expr **)ArgsPtr.get();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  const FunctionProtoType *Proto 
 | 
						||
    = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
 | 
						||
  assert(Proto && "Constructor without a prototype?");
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // If too few arguments are available, we'll fill in the rest with defaults.
 | 
						||
  if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
 | 
						||
    ConvertedArgs.reserve(NumArgsInProto);
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    ConvertedArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  VariadicCallType CallType = 
 | 
						||
    Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
 | 
						||
  llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
 | 
						||
  bool Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Loc, Constructor,
 | 
						||
                                        Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, 
 | 
						||
                                        CallType);
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned i =0, size = AllArgs.size(); i < size; i++)
 | 
						||
    ConvertedArgs.push_back(AllArgs[i]);
 | 
						||
  return Invalid;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
 | 
						||
/// determine whether they are reference-related,
 | 
						||
/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
 | 
						||
/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
 | 
						||
/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
 | 
						||
/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
 | 
						||
/// type being initialized.
 | 
						||
Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
 | 
						||
Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						||
                                   QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
 | 
						||
                                   bool& DerivedToBase) {
 | 
						||
  assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
 | 
						||
    "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
 | 
						||
  assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
 | 
						||
  QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
 | 
						||
  Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
 | 
						||
  QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
 | 
						||
  QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
 | 
						||
  //   reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
 | 
						||
  //   T1 is a base class of T2.
 | 
						||
  if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
 | 
						||
    DerivedToBase = false;
 | 
						||
  else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT1, PDiag()) &&
 | 
						||
           !RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
 | 
						||
           IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
 | 
						||
    DerivedToBase = true;
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    return Ref_Incompatible;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
 | 
						||
  // least).
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
 | 
						||
  // for comparison.
 | 
						||
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
 | 
						||
    T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
 | 
						||
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
 | 
						||
    T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
 | 
						||
  //   "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
 | 
						||
  //   reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
 | 
						||
  //   as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
 | 
						||
  //   overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
 | 
						||
  //   cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
 | 
						||
  //   reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
 | 
						||
  if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
 | 
						||
    return Ref_Compatible;
 | 
						||
  else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
 | 
						||
    return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    return Ref_Related;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckReferenceInit - Check the initialization of a reference
 | 
						||
/// variable with the given initializer (C++ [dcl.init.ref]). Init is
 | 
						||
/// the initializer (either a simple initializer or an initializer
 | 
						||
/// list), and DeclType is the type of the declaration. When ICS is
 | 
						||
/// non-null, this routine will compute the implicit conversion
 | 
						||
/// sequence according to C++ [over.ics.ref] and will not produce any
 | 
						||
/// diagnostics; when ICS is null, it will emit diagnostics when any
 | 
						||
/// errors are found. Either way, a return value of true indicates
 | 
						||
/// that there was a failure, a return value of false indicates that
 | 
						||
/// the reference initialization succeeded.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// When @p SuppressUserConversions, user-defined conversions are
 | 
						||
/// suppressed.
 | 
						||
/// When @p AllowExplicit, we also permit explicit user-defined
 | 
						||
/// conversion functions.
 | 
						||
/// When @p ForceRValue, we unconditionally treat the initializer as an rvalue.
 | 
						||
/// When @p IgnoreBaseAccess, we don't do access control on to-base conversion.
 | 
						||
/// This is used when this is called from a C-style cast.
 | 
						||
bool
 | 
						||
Sema::CheckReferenceInit(Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
 | 
						||
                         SourceLocation DeclLoc,
 | 
						||
                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
 | 
						||
                         bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
 | 
						||
                         ImplicitConversionSequence *ICS,
 | 
						||
                         bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
 | 
						||
  assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
  QualType T2 = Init->getType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
 | 
						||
  // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
 | 
						||
  // type of the resulting function.
 | 
						||
  if (Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == Context.OverloadTy) {
 | 
						||
    FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
 | 
						||
                                                          ICS != 0);
 | 
						||
    if (Fn) {
 | 
						||
      // Since we're performing this reference-initialization for
 | 
						||
      // real, update the initializer with the resulting function.
 | 
						||
      if (!ICS) {
 | 
						||
        if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, DeclLoc))
 | 
						||
          return true; 
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        Init = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Init, Fn);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      T2 = Fn->getType();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
 | 
						||
  bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
 | 
						||
  bool DerivedToBase = false;
 | 
						||
  Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = ForceRValue ? Expr::LV_InvalidExpression :
 | 
						||
                                                  Init->isLvalue(Context);
 | 
						||
  ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
 | 
						||
    = CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
 | 
						||
  if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
    ICS->setBad();
 | 
						||
    ICS->Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p5:
 | 
						||
  //   A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
 | 
						||
  //   of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  //     -- If the initializer expression
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Rvalue references cannot bind to lvalues (N2812).
 | 
						||
  // There is absolutely no situation where they can. In particular, note that
 | 
						||
  // this is ill-formed, even if B has a user-defined conversion to A&&:
 | 
						||
  //   B b;
 | 
						||
  //   A&& r = b;
 | 
						||
  if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
 | 
						||
    if (!ICS)
 | 
						||
      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ref)
 | 
						||
        << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool BindsDirectly = false;
 | 
						||
  //       -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
 | 
						||
  //          reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // Note that the bit-field check is skipped if we are just computing
 | 
						||
  // the implicit conversion sequence (C++ [over.best.ics]p2).
 | 
						||
  if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid && (ICS || !Init->getBitField()) &&
 | 
						||
      RefRelationship >= Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
 | 
						||
    BindsDirectly = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
      // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
 | 
						||
      //   When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
 | 
						||
      //   to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
 | 
						||
      //   is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
 | 
						||
      //   has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
 | 
						||
      //   in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
 | 
						||
      //   derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
 | 
						||
      ICS->setStandard();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.ToTypePtr = T1.getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.DirectBinding = true;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = false;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
 | 
						||
      // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
 | 
						||
      // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
 | 
						||
      // [over.best.ics]p2).
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      // Perform the conversion.
 | 
						||
      CastExpr::CastKind CK = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
 | 
						||
      if (DerivedToBase)
 | 
						||
        CK = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
 | 
						||
      else if(CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Init, T1))
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
      ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CK, /*isLvalue=*/true);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  //       -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type) and can be
 | 
						||
  //          implicitly converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3,"
 | 
						||
  //          where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3"
 | 
						||
  //          92) (this conversion is selected by enumerating the
 | 
						||
  //          applicable conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing
 | 
						||
  //          the best one through overload resolution (13.3)),
 | 
						||
  if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
 | 
						||
      !RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0)) {
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
 | 
						||
      = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
 | 
						||
    const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
 | 
						||
      = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
 | 
						||
    for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
 | 
						||
           E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
      NamedDecl *D = *I;
 | 
						||
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
      if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
 | 
						||
        D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
 | 
						||
        = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
 | 
						||
      CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
 | 
						||
      if (ConvTemplate)
 | 
						||
        Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
 | 
						||
      else
 | 
						||
        Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
 | 
						||
      // it can't be considered for this conversion.
 | 
						||
      if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
 | 
						||
          (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
 | 
						||
        if (ConvTemplate)
 | 
						||
          AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, ActingDC,
 | 
						||
                                         Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
        else
 | 
						||
          AddConversionCandidate(Conv, ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
 | 
						||
    switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
 | 
						||
    case OR_Success:
 | 
						||
      // This is a direct binding.
 | 
						||
      BindsDirectly = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
        // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
 | 
						||
        //
 | 
						||
        //   [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
 | 
						||
        //   applying a conversion function to the argument
 | 
						||
        //   expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
 | 
						||
        //   user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
 | 
						||
        //   second standard conversion sequence either an identity
 | 
						||
        //   conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
 | 
						||
        //   entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
 | 
						||
        //   type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
 | 
						||
        ICS->setUserDefined();
 | 
						||
        ICS->UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
 | 
						||
        ICS->UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
 | 
						||
        ICS->UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
 | 
						||
        ICS->UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
 | 
						||
        assert(ICS->UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
 | 
						||
               ICS->UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
 | 
						||
               "Expected a direct reference binding!");
 | 
						||
        return false;
 | 
						||
      } else {
 | 
						||
        OwningExprResult InitConversion =
 | 
						||
          BuildCXXCastArgument(DeclLoc, QualType(),
 | 
						||
                               CastExpr::CK_UserDefinedConversion,
 | 
						||
                               cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function), 
 | 
						||
                               Owned(Init));
 | 
						||
        Init = InitConversion.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
        if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Init, T1))
 | 
						||
          return true;
 | 
						||
        ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CastExpr::CK_UserDefinedConversion, 
 | 
						||
                          /*isLvalue=*/true);
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    case OR_Ambiguous:
 | 
						||
      if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
        ICS->setAmbiguous();
 | 
						||
        for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
 | 
						||
             Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
 | 
						||
          if (Cand->Viable)
 | 
						||
            ICS->Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
 | 
						||
        break;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_ref_init_ambiguous) << DeclType << Init->getType()
 | 
						||
            << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Init, 1);
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
 | 
						||
    case OR_Deleted:
 | 
						||
      // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
 | 
						||
      // conversion; continue with other checks.
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (BindsDirectly) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
 | 
						||
    //   [...] In all cases where the reference-related or
 | 
						||
    //   reference-compatible relationship of two types is used to
 | 
						||
    //   establish the validity of a reference binding, and T1 is a
 | 
						||
    //   base class of T2, a program that necessitates such a binding
 | 
						||
    //   is ill-formed if T1 is an inaccessible (clause 11) or
 | 
						||
    //   ambiguous (10.2) base class of T2.
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    // Note that we only check this condition when we're allowed to
 | 
						||
    // complain about errors, because we should not be checking for
 | 
						||
    // ambiguity (or inaccessibility) unless the reference binding
 | 
						||
    // actually happens.
 | 
						||
    if (DerivedToBase)
 | 
						||
      return CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(T2, T1, DeclLoc,
 | 
						||
                                          Init->getSourceRange(),
 | 
						||
                                          IgnoreBaseAccess);
 | 
						||
    else
 | 
						||
      return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  //     -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
 | 
						||
  //        type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
 | 
						||
  //        rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
 | 
						||
  if (!isRValRef && T1.getCVRQualifiers() != Qualifiers::Const) {
 | 
						||
    if (!ICS)
 | 
						||
      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_not_reference_to_const_init)
 | 
						||
        << T1 << int(InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid)
 | 
						||
        << T2 << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  //       -- If the initializer expression is an rvalue, with T2 a
 | 
						||
  //          class type, and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with
 | 
						||
  //          "cv2 T2," the reference is bound in one of the
 | 
						||
  //          following ways (the choice is implementation-defined):
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  //          -- The reference is bound to the object represented by
 | 
						||
  //             the rvalue (see 3.10) or to a sub-object within that
 | 
						||
  //             object.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  //          -- A temporary of type "cv1 T2" [sic] is created, and
 | 
						||
  //             a constructor is called to copy the entire rvalue
 | 
						||
  //             object into the temporary. The reference is bound to
 | 
						||
  //             the temporary or to a sub-object within the
 | 
						||
  //             temporary.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  //          The constructor that would be used to make the copy
 | 
						||
  //          shall be callable whether or not the copy is actually
 | 
						||
  //          done.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // Note that C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5 takes away this implementation
 | 
						||
  // freedom, so we will always take the first option and never build
 | 
						||
  // a temporary in this case. FIXME: We will, however, have to check
 | 
						||
  // for the presence of a copy constructor in C++98/03 mode.
 | 
						||
  if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
 | 
						||
      RefRelationship >= Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
 | 
						||
    if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
      ICS->setStandard();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.ToTypePtr = T1.getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.DirectBinding = false;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      CastExpr::CastKind CK = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
 | 
						||
      if (DerivedToBase)
 | 
						||
        CK = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
 | 
						||
      else if(CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Init, T1))
 | 
						||
        return true;
 | 
						||
      ImpCastExprToType(Init, T1, CK, /*isLvalue=*/false);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  //       -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
 | 
						||
  //          initialized from the initializer expression using the
 | 
						||
  //          rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
 | 
						||
  //          reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
 | 
						||
  //          reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
 | 
						||
  //          cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
 | 
						||
  //          cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
  if (RefRelationship == Ref_Related) {
 | 
						||
    // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
 | 
						||
    // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
 | 
						||
    // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
 | 
						||
    // initialization fails.
 | 
						||
    if (!ICS)
 | 
						||
      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_reference_init_drops_quals)
 | 
						||
        << T1 << int(InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid)
 | 
						||
        << T2 << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
 | 
						||
  // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
 | 
						||
  // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
 | 
						||
  // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
 | 
						||
  // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
 | 
						||
  if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Ref_Incompatible &&
 | 
						||
      (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) {
 | 
						||
    if (!ICS)
 | 
						||
      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
 | 
						||
        << DeclType << Init->getType() << AA_Initializing << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Actually try to convert the initializer to T1.
 | 
						||
  if (ICS) {
 | 
						||
    // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
 | 
						||
    //
 | 
						||
    //   When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
 | 
						||
    //   an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
 | 
						||
    //   required to convert the argument expression to the
 | 
						||
    //   underlying type of the reference according to
 | 
						||
    //   13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
 | 
						||
    //   to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
 | 
						||
    //   the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
 | 
						||
    //   cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
 | 
						||
    //   and does not constitute a conversion.
 | 
						||
    *ICS = TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
 | 
						||
                                 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
 | 
						||
                                 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
 | 
						||
                                 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
 | 
						||
    if (ICS->isStandard()) {
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
 | 
						||
      ICS->Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
 | 
						||
    } else if (ICS->isUserDefined()) {
 | 
						||
      ICS->UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
 | 
						||
      ICS->UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    return ICS->isBad();
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    ImplicitConversionSequence Conversions;
 | 
						||
    bool badConversion = PerformImplicitConversion(Init, T1, AA_Initializing, 
 | 
						||
                                                   false, false, 
 | 
						||
                                                   Conversions);
 | 
						||
    if (badConversion) {
 | 
						||
      if (Conversions.isAmbiguous()) {
 | 
						||
        Diag(DeclLoc, 
 | 
						||
             diag::err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ambig_ref) << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
        for (int j = Conversions.Ambiguous.conversions().size()-1; 
 | 
						||
             j >= 0; j--) {
 | 
						||
          FunctionDecl *Func = Conversions.Ambiguous.conversions()[j];
 | 
						||
          NoteOverloadCandidate(Func);
 | 
						||
        }
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
      else {
 | 
						||
        if (isRValRef)
 | 
						||
          Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ref) 
 | 
						||
            << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
        else
 | 
						||
          Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_invalid_initialization)
 | 
						||
            << DeclType << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
    return badConversion;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static inline bool
 | 
						||
CheckOperatorNewDeleteDeclarationScope(Sema &SemaRef, 
 | 
						||
                                       const FunctionDecl *FnDecl) {
 | 
						||
  const DeclContext *DC = FnDecl->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext();
 | 
						||
  if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(DC)) {
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), 
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_in_namespace)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC) && 
 | 
						||
      FnDecl->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static) {
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_static)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static inline bool
 | 
						||
CheckOperatorNewDeleteTypes(Sema &SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FnDecl,
 | 
						||
                            CanQualType ExpectedResultType,
 | 
						||
                            CanQualType ExpectedFirstParamType,
 | 
						||
                            unsigned DependentParamTypeDiag,
 | 
						||
                            unsigned InvalidParamTypeDiag) {
 | 
						||
  QualType ResultType = 
 | 
						||
    FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check that the result type is not dependent.
 | 
						||
  if (ResultType->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_delete_dependent_result_type)
 | 
						||
    << FnDecl->getDeclName() << ExpectedResultType;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check that the result type is what we expect.
 | 
						||
  if (SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(ResultType) != ExpectedResultType)
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_delete_invalid_result_type) 
 | 
						||
    << FnDecl->getDeclName() << ExpectedResultType;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // A function template must have at least 2 parameters.
 | 
						||
  if (FnDecl->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && FnDecl->getNumParams() < 2)
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                      diag::err_operator_new_delete_template_too_few_parameters)
 | 
						||
        << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // The function decl must have at least 1 parameter.
 | 
						||
  if (FnDecl->getNumParams() == 0)
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_delete_too_few_parameters)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
 
 | 
						||
  // Check the the first parameter type is not dependent.
 | 
						||
  QualType FirstParamType = FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
 | 
						||
  if (FirstParamType->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), DependentParamTypeDiag)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName() << ExpectedFirstParamType;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check that the first parameter type is what we expect.
 | 
						||
  if (SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType).getUnqualifiedType() != 
 | 
						||
      ExpectedFirstParamType)
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), InvalidParamTypeDiag)
 | 
						||
    << FnDecl->getDeclName() << ExpectedFirstParamType;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static bool
 | 
						||
CheckOperatorNewDeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FnDecl) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   A program is ill-formed if an allocation function is declared in a
 | 
						||
  //   namespace scope other than global scope or declared static in global 
 | 
						||
  //   scope.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckOperatorNewDeleteDeclarationScope(SemaRef, FnDecl))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CanQualType SizeTy = 
 | 
						||
    SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(SemaRef.Context.getSizeType());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p1:
 | 
						||
  //  The return type shall be void*. The first parameter shall have type 
 | 
						||
  //  std::size_t.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckOperatorNewDeleteTypes(SemaRef, FnDecl, SemaRef.Context.VoidPtrTy, 
 | 
						||
                                  SizeTy,
 | 
						||
                                  diag::err_operator_new_dependent_param_type,
 | 
						||
                                  diag::err_operator_new_param_type))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p1:
 | 
						||
  //  The first parameter shall not have an associated default argument.
 | 
						||
  if (FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->hasDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_new_default_arg)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName() << FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static bool
 | 
						||
CheckOperatorDeleteDeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FnDecl) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   A program is ill-formed if deallocation functions are declared in a
 | 
						||
  //   namespace scope other than global scope or declared static in global 
 | 
						||
  //   scope.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckOperatorNewDeleteDeclarationScope(SemaRef, FnDecl))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
 | 
						||
  //   Each deallocation function shall return void and its first parameter 
 | 
						||
  //   shall be void*.
 | 
						||
  if (CheckOperatorNewDeleteTypes(SemaRef, FnDecl, SemaRef.Context.VoidTy, 
 | 
						||
                                  SemaRef.Context.VoidPtrTy,
 | 
						||
                                 diag::err_operator_delete_dependent_param_type,
 | 
						||
                                 diag::err_operator_delete_param_type))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  QualType FirstParamType = FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
 | 
						||
  if (FirstParamType->isDependentType())
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_delete_dependent_param_type)
 | 
						||
    << FnDecl->getDeclName() << SemaRef.Context.VoidPtrTy;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType) != 
 | 
						||
      SemaRef.Context.VoidPtrTy)
 | 
						||
    return SemaRef.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                        diag::err_operator_delete_param_type)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName() << SemaRef.Context.VoidPtrTy;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration - Check whether the declaration
 | 
						||
/// of this overloaded operator is well-formed. If so, returns false;
 | 
						||
/// otherwise, emits appropriate diagnostics and returns true.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl) {
 | 
						||
  assert(FnDecl && FnDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
 | 
						||
         "Expected an overloaded operator declaration");
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FnDecl->getOverloadedOperator();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [over.oper]p5:
 | 
						||
  //   The allocation and deallocation functions, operator new,
 | 
						||
  //   operator new[], operator delete and operator delete[], are
 | 
						||
  //   described completely in 3.7.3. The attributes and restrictions
 | 
						||
  //   found in the rest of this subclause do not apply to them unless
 | 
						||
  //   explicitly stated in 3.7.3.
 | 
						||
  if (Op == OO_Delete || Op == OO_Array_Delete)
 | 
						||
    return CheckOperatorDeleteDeclaration(*this, FnDecl);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New)
 | 
						||
    return CheckOperatorNewDeclaration(*this, FnDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [over.oper]p6:
 | 
						||
  //   An operator function shall either be a non-static member
 | 
						||
  //   function or be a non-member function and have at least one
 | 
						||
  //   parameter whose type is a class, a reference to a class, an
 | 
						||
  //   enumeration, or a reference to an enumeration.
 | 
						||
  if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
 | 
						||
    if (MethodDecl->isStatic())
 | 
						||
      return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                  diag::err_operator_overload_static) << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    bool ClassOrEnumParam = false;
 | 
						||
    for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator Param = FnDecl->param_begin(),
 | 
						||
                                   ParamEnd = FnDecl->param_end();
 | 
						||
         Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
 | 
						||
      QualType ParamType = (*Param)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
 | 
						||
      if (ParamType->isDependentType() || ParamType->isRecordType() ||
 | 
						||
          ParamType->isEnumeralType()) {
 | 
						||
        ClassOrEnumParam = true;
 | 
						||
        break;
 | 
						||
      }
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (!ClassOrEnumParam)
 | 
						||
      return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                  diag::err_operator_overload_needs_class_or_enum)
 | 
						||
        << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [over.oper]p8:
 | 
						||
  //   An operator function cannot have default arguments (8.3.6),
 | 
						||
  //   except where explicitly stated below.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // Only the function-call operator allows default arguments
 | 
						||
  // (C++ [over.call]p1).
 | 
						||
  if (Op != OO_Call) {
 | 
						||
    for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator Param = FnDecl->param_begin();
 | 
						||
         Param != FnDecl->param_end(); ++Param) {
 | 
						||
      if ((*Param)->hasDefaultArg())
 | 
						||
        return Diag((*Param)->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                    diag::err_operator_overload_default_arg)
 | 
						||
          << FnDecl->getDeclName() << (*Param)->getDefaultArgRange();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  static const bool OperatorUses[NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS][3] = {
 | 
						||
    { false, false, false }
 | 
						||
#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \
 | 
						||
    , { Unary, Binary, MemberOnly }
 | 
						||
#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool CanBeUnaryOperator = OperatorUses[Op][0];
 | 
						||
  bool CanBeBinaryOperator = OperatorUses[Op][1];
 | 
						||
  bool MustBeMemberOperator = OperatorUses[Op][2];
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [over.oper]p8:
 | 
						||
  //   [...] Operator functions cannot have more or fewer parameters
 | 
						||
  //   than the number required for the corresponding operator, as
 | 
						||
  //   described in the rest of this subclause.
 | 
						||
  unsigned NumParams = FnDecl->getNumParams()
 | 
						||
                     + (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)? 1 : 0);
 | 
						||
  if (Op != OO_Call &&
 | 
						||
      ((NumParams == 1 && !CanBeUnaryOperator) ||
 | 
						||
       (NumParams == 2 && !CanBeBinaryOperator) ||
 | 
						||
       (NumParams < 1) || (NumParams > 2))) {
 | 
						||
    // We have the wrong number of parameters.
 | 
						||
    unsigned ErrorKind;
 | 
						||
    if (CanBeUnaryOperator && CanBeBinaryOperator) {
 | 
						||
      ErrorKind = 2;  // 2 -> unary or binary.
 | 
						||
    } else if (CanBeUnaryOperator) {
 | 
						||
      ErrorKind = 0;  // 0 -> unary
 | 
						||
    } else {
 | 
						||
      assert(CanBeBinaryOperator &&
 | 
						||
             "All non-call overloaded operators are unary or binary!");
 | 
						||
      ErrorKind = 1;  // 1 -> binary
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_operator_overload_must_be)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName() << NumParams << ErrorKind;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Overloaded operators other than operator() cannot be variadic.
 | 
						||
  if (Op != OO_Call &&
 | 
						||
      FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->isVariadic()) {
 | 
						||
    return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_operator_overload_variadic)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Some operators must be non-static member functions.
 | 
						||
  if (MustBeMemberOperator && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
 | 
						||
    return Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                diag::err_operator_overload_must_be_member)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [over.inc]p1:
 | 
						||
  //   The user-defined function called operator++ implements the
 | 
						||
  //   prefix and postfix ++ operator. If this function is a member
 | 
						||
  //   function with no parameters, or a non-member function with one
 | 
						||
  //   parameter of class or enumeration type, it defines the prefix
 | 
						||
  //   increment operator ++ for objects of that type. If the function
 | 
						||
  //   is a member function with one parameter (which shall be of type
 | 
						||
  //   int) or a non-member function with two parameters (the second
 | 
						||
  //   of which shall be of type int), it defines the postfix
 | 
						||
  //   increment operator ++ for objects of that type.
 | 
						||
  if ((Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus) && NumParams == 2) {
 | 
						||
    ParmVarDecl *LastParam = FnDecl->getParamDecl(FnDecl->getNumParams() - 1);
 | 
						||
    bool ParamIsInt = false;
 | 
						||
    if (const BuiltinType *BT = LastParam->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
 | 
						||
      ParamIsInt = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (!ParamIsInt)
 | 
						||
      return Diag(LastParam->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
                  diag::err_operator_overload_post_incdec_must_be_int)
 | 
						||
        << LastParam->getType() << (Op == OO_MinusMinus);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Notify the class if it got an assignment operator.
 | 
						||
  if (Op == OO_Equal) {
 | 
						||
    // Would have returned earlier otherwise.
 | 
						||
    assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl) &&
 | 
						||
      "Overloaded = not member, but not filtered.");
 | 
						||
    CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
 | 
						||
    Method->getParent()->addedAssignmentOperator(Context, Method);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration - Check whether the declaration
 | 
						||
/// of this literal operator function is well-formed. If so, returns
 | 
						||
/// false; otherwise, emits appropriate diagnostics and returns true.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl) {
 | 
						||
  DeclContext *DC = FnDecl->getDeclContext();
 | 
						||
  Decl::Kind Kind = DC->getDeclKind();
 | 
						||
  if (Kind != Decl::TranslationUnit && Kind != Decl::Namespace &&
 | 
						||
      Kind != Decl::LinkageSpec) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_literal_operator_outside_namespace)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool Valid = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Check for the one valid template signature
 | 
						||
  // template <char...> type operator "" name();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (FunctionDecl::param_iterator Param = FnDecl->param_begin()) {
 | 
						||
    // Check the first parameter
 | 
						||
    QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // unsigned long long int and long double are allowed, but only
 | 
						||
    // alone.
 | 
						||
    // We also allow any character type; their omission seems to be a bug
 | 
						||
    // in n3000
 | 
						||
    if (Context.hasSameType(T, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy) ||
 | 
						||
        Context.hasSameType(T, Context.LongDoubleTy) ||
 | 
						||
        Context.hasSameType(T, Context.CharTy) ||
 | 
						||
        Context.hasSameType(T, Context.WCharTy) ||
 | 
						||
        Context.hasSameType(T, Context.Char16Ty) ||
 | 
						||
        Context.hasSameType(T, Context.Char32Ty)) {
 | 
						||
      if (++Param == FnDecl->param_end())
 | 
						||
        Valid = true;
 | 
						||
      goto FinishedParams;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Otherwise it must be a pointer to const; let's strip those.
 | 
						||
    const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>();
 | 
						||
    if (!PT)
 | 
						||
      goto FinishedParams;
 | 
						||
    T = PT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
    if (!T.isConstQualified())
 | 
						||
      goto FinishedParams;
 | 
						||
    T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Move on to the second parameter;
 | 
						||
    ++Param;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // If there is no second parameter, the first must be a const char *
 | 
						||
    if (Param == FnDecl->param_end()) {
 | 
						||
      if (Context.hasSameType(T, Context.CharTy))
 | 
						||
        Valid = true;
 | 
						||
      goto FinishedParams;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // const char *, const wchar_t*, const char16_t*, and const char32_t*
 | 
						||
    // are allowed as the first parameter to a two-parameter function
 | 
						||
    if (!(Context.hasSameType(T, Context.CharTy) ||
 | 
						||
          Context.hasSameType(T, Context.WCharTy) ||
 | 
						||
          Context.hasSameType(T, Context.Char16Ty) ||
 | 
						||
          Context.hasSameType(T, Context.Char32Ty)))
 | 
						||
      goto FinishedParams;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // The second and final parameter must be an std::size_t
 | 
						||
    T = (*Param)->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						||
    if (Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getSizeType()) &&
 | 
						||
        ++Param == FnDecl->param_end())
 | 
						||
      Valid = true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: This diagnostic is absolutely terrible.
 | 
						||
FinishedParams:
 | 
						||
  if (!Valid) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_literal_operator_params)
 | 
						||
      << FnDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnStartLinkageSpecification - Parsed the beginning of a C++
 | 
						||
/// linkage specification, including the language and (if present)
 | 
						||
/// the '{'. ExternLoc is the location of the 'extern', LangLoc is
 | 
						||
/// the location of the language string literal, which is provided
 | 
						||
/// by Lang/StrSize. LBraceLoc, if valid, provides the location of
 | 
						||
/// the '{' brace. Otherwise, this linkage specification does not
 | 
						||
/// have any braces.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                                     SourceLocation ExternLoc,
 | 
						||
                                                     SourceLocation LangLoc,
 | 
						||
                                                     const char *Lang,
 | 
						||
                                                     unsigned StrSize,
 | 
						||
                                                     SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
 | 
						||
  LinkageSpecDecl::LanguageIDs Language;
 | 
						||
  if (strncmp(Lang, "\"C\"", StrSize) == 0)
 | 
						||
    Language = LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c;
 | 
						||
  else if (strncmp(Lang, "\"C++\"", StrSize) == 0)
 | 
						||
    Language = LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx;
 | 
						||
  else {
 | 
						||
    Diag(LangLoc, diag::err_bad_language);
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Add all the various semantics of linkage specifications
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  LinkageSpecDecl *D = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                                               LangLoc, Language,
 | 
						||
                                               LBraceLoc.isValid());
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(D);
 | 
						||
  PushDeclContext(S, D);
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(D);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification - Completely the definition of
 | 
						||
/// the C++ linkage specification LinkageSpec. If RBraceLoc is
 | 
						||
/// valid, it's the position of the closing '}' brace in a linkage
 | 
						||
/// specification that uses braces.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                                                      DeclPtrTy LinkageSpec,
 | 
						||
                                                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
 | 
						||
  if (LinkageSpec)
 | 
						||
    PopDeclContext();
 | 
						||
  return LinkageSpec;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Perform semantic analysis for the variable declaration that
 | 
						||
/// occurs within a C++ catch clause, returning the newly-created
 | 
						||
/// variable.
 | 
						||
VarDecl *Sema::BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, QualType ExDeclType,
 | 
						||
                                         TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 | 
						||
                                         IdentifierInfo *Name,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						||
                                         SourceRange Range) {
 | 
						||
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Arrays and functions decay.
 | 
						||
  if (ExDeclType->isArrayType())
 | 
						||
    ExDeclType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(ExDeclType);
 | 
						||
  else if (ExDeclType->isFunctionType())
 | 
						||
    ExDeclType = Context.getPointerType(ExDeclType);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ 15.3p1: The exception-declaration shall not denote an incomplete type.
 | 
						||
  // The exception-declaration shall not denote a pointer or reference to an
 | 
						||
  // incomplete type, other than [cv] void*.
 | 
						||
  // N2844 forbids rvalue references.
 | 
						||
  if (!ExDeclType->isDependentType() && ExDeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_catch_rvalue_ref) << Range;
 | 
						||
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  QualType BaseType = ExDeclType;
 | 
						||
  int Mode = 0; // 0 for direct type, 1 for pointer, 2 for reference
 | 
						||
  unsigned DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete;
 | 
						||
  if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
 | 
						||
    BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
    Mode = 1;
 | 
						||
    DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete_ptr;
 | 
						||
  } else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = BaseType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
 | 
						||
    // For the purpose of error recovery, we treat rvalue refs like lvalue refs.
 | 
						||
    BaseType = Ref->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
    Mode = 2;
 | 
						||
    DK = diag::err_catch_incomplete_ref;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (!Invalid && (Mode == 0 || !BaseType->isVoidType()) &&
 | 
						||
      !BaseType->isDependentType() && RequireCompleteType(Loc, BaseType, DK))
 | 
						||
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Invalid && !ExDeclType->isDependentType() &&
 | 
						||
      RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, ExDeclType,
 | 
						||
                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						||
                             AbstractVariableType))
 | 
						||
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Need to test for ability to copy-construct and destroy the
 | 
						||
  // exception variable.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: Need to check for abstract classes.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  VarDecl *ExDecl = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc,
 | 
						||
                                    Name, ExDeclType, TInfo, VarDecl::None);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Invalid)
 | 
						||
    ExDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return ExDecl;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnExceptionDeclarator - Parsed the exception-declarator in a C++ catch
 | 
						||
/// handler.
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
 | 
						||
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						||
  QualType ExDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool Invalid = D.isInvalidType();
 | 
						||
  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
 | 
						||
  if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) {
 | 
						||
    // The scope should be freshly made just for us. There is just no way
 | 
						||
    // it contains any previous declaration.
 | 
						||
    assert(!S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl)));
 | 
						||
    if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						||
      // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						||
      DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !Invalid) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_catch_declarator)
 | 
						||
      << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						||
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  VarDecl *ExDecl = BuildExceptionDeclaration(S, ExDeclType, TInfo,
 | 
						||
                                              D.getIdentifier(),
 | 
						||
                                              D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						||
                                            D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (Invalid)
 | 
						||
    ExDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Add the exception declaration into this scope.
 | 
						||
  if (II)
 | 
						||
    PushOnScopeChains(ExDecl, S);
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    CurContext->addDecl(ExDecl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, ExDecl, D);
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(ExDecl);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation AssertLoc,
 | 
						||
                                                   ExprArg assertexpr,
 | 
						||
                                                   ExprArg assertmessageexpr) {
 | 
						||
  Expr *AssertExpr = (Expr *)assertexpr.get();
 | 
						||
  StringLiteral *AssertMessage =
 | 
						||
    cast<StringLiteral>((Expr *)assertmessageexpr.get());
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!AssertExpr->isTypeDependent() && !AssertExpr->isValueDependent()) {
 | 
						||
    llvm::APSInt Value(32);
 | 
						||
    if (!AssertExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(AssertLoc, diag::err_static_assert_expression_is_not_constant) <<
 | 
						||
        AssertExpr->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    if (Value == 0) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(AssertLoc, diag::err_static_assert_failed)
 | 
						||
        << AssertMessage->getString() << AssertExpr->getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assertexpr.release();
 | 
						||
  assertmessageexpr.release();
 | 
						||
  Decl *Decl = StaticAssertDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, AssertLoc,
 | 
						||
                                        AssertExpr, AssertMessage);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(Decl);
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Decl);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// Handle a friend type declaration.  This works in tandem with
 | 
						||
/// ActOnTag.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// Notes on friend class templates:
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// We generally treat friend class declarations as if they were
 | 
						||
/// declaring a class.  So, for example, the elaborated type specifier
 | 
						||
/// in a friend declaration is required to obey the restrictions of a
 | 
						||
/// class-head (i.e. no typedefs in the scope chain), template
 | 
						||
/// parameters are required to match up with simple template-ids, &c.
 | 
						||
/// However, unlike when declaring a template specialization, it's
 | 
						||
/// okay to refer to a template specialization without an empty
 | 
						||
/// template parameter declaration, e.g.
 | 
						||
///   friend class A<T>::B<unsigned>;
 | 
						||
/// We permit this as a special case; if there are any template
 | 
						||
/// parameters present at all, require proper matching, i.e.
 | 
						||
///   template <> template <class T> friend class A<int>::B;
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
 | 
						||
                                          MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParams) {
 | 
						||
  SourceLocation Loc = DS.getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(DS.isFriendSpecified());
 | 
						||
  assert(DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Try to convert the decl specifier to a type.  This works for
 | 
						||
  // friend templates because ActOnTag never produces a ClassTemplateDecl
 | 
						||
  // for a TUK_Friend.
 | 
						||
  Declarator TheDeclarator(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
 | 
						||
  QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(TheDeclarator, S);
 | 
						||
  if (TheDeclarator.isInvalidType())
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // This is definitely an error in C++98.  It's probably meant to
 | 
						||
  // be forbidden in C++0x, too, but the specification is just
 | 
						||
  // poorly written.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // The problem is with declarations like the following:
 | 
						||
  //   template <T> friend A<T>::foo;
 | 
						||
  // where deciding whether a class C is a friend or not now hinges
 | 
						||
  // on whether there exists an instantiation of A that causes
 | 
						||
  // 'foo' to equal C.  There are restrictions on class-heads
 | 
						||
  // (which we declare (by fiat) elaborated friend declarations to
 | 
						||
  // be) that makes this tractable.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: handle "template <> friend class A<T>;", which
 | 
						||
  // is possibly well-formed?  Who even knows?
 | 
						||
  if (TempParams.size() && !isa<ElaboratedType>(T)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_tagless_friend_type_template)
 | 
						||
      << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.friend]p2:
 | 
						||
  //   An elaborated-type-specifier shall be used in a friend declaration
 | 
						||
  //   for a class.*
 | 
						||
  //   * The class-key of the elaborated-type-specifier is required.
 | 
						||
  // This is one of the rare places in Clang where it's legitimate to
 | 
						||
  // ask about the "spelling" of the type.
 | 
						||
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !isa<ElaboratedType>(T)) {
 | 
						||
    // If we evaluated the type to a record type, suggest putting
 | 
						||
    // a tag in front.
 | 
						||
    if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
      RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      std::string InsertionText = std::string(" ") + RD->getKindName();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_unelaborated_friend_type)
 | 
						||
        << (unsigned) RD->getTagKind()
 | 
						||
        << T
 | 
						||
        << SourceRange(DS.getFriendSpecLoc())
 | 
						||
        << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
 | 
						||
                                                 InsertionText);
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }else {
 | 
						||
      Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_unexpected_friend)
 | 
						||
          << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Enum types cannot be friends.
 | 
						||
  if (T->getAs<EnumType>()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_enum_friend)
 | 
						||
      << SourceRange(DS.getFriendSpecLoc());
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++98 [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function
 | 
						||
  //   or class that is not a member of the class . . .
 | 
						||
  // This is fixed in DR77, which just barely didn't make the C++03
 | 
						||
  // deadline.  It's also a very silly restriction that seriously
 | 
						||
  // affects inner classes and which nobody else seems to implement;
 | 
						||
  // thus we never diagnose it, not even in -pedantic.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Decl *D;
 | 
						||
  if (TempParams.size())
 | 
						||
    D = FriendTemplateDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc,
 | 
						||
                                   TempParams.size(),
 | 
						||
                                 (TemplateParameterList**) TempParams.release(),
 | 
						||
                                   T.getTypePtr(),
 | 
						||
                                   DS.getFriendSpecLoc());
 | 
						||
  else
 | 
						||
    D = FriendDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, T.getTypePtr(),
 | 
						||
                           DS.getFriendSpecLoc());
 | 
						||
  D->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(D);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(D);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
Sema::DeclPtrTy
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S,
 | 
						||
                              Declarator &D,
 | 
						||
                              bool IsDefinition,
 | 
						||
                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
 | 
						||
  const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(DS.isFriendSpecified());
 | 
						||
  assert(DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  SourceLocation Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
 | 
						||
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						||
  QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.friend]p1
 | 
						||
  //   A friend of a class is a function or class....
 | 
						||
  // Note that this sees through typedefs, which is intended.
 | 
						||
  // It *doesn't* see through dependent types, which is correct
 | 
						||
  // according to [temp.arg.type]p3:
 | 
						||
  //   If a declaration acquires a function type through a
 | 
						||
  //   type dependent on a template-parameter and this causes
 | 
						||
  //   a declaration that does not use the syntactic form of a
 | 
						||
  //   function declarator to have a function type, the program
 | 
						||
  //   is ill-formed.
 | 
						||
  if (!T->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_friend);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // It might be worthwhile to try to recover by creating an
 | 
						||
    // appropriate declaration.
 | 
						||
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3
 | 
						||
  //  - If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
 | 
						||
  //    class or function, the friend class or function is a member
 | 
						||
  //    of the innermost enclosing namespace.
 | 
						||
  //  - The name of the friend is not found by simple name lookup
 | 
						||
  //    until a matching declaration is provided in that namespace
 | 
						||
  //    scope (either before or after the class declaration granting
 | 
						||
  //    friendship).
 | 
						||
  //  - If a friend function is called, its name may be found by the
 | 
						||
  //    name lookup that considers functions from namespaces and
 | 
						||
  //    classes associated with the types of the function arguments.
 | 
						||
  //  - When looking for a prior declaration of a class or a function
 | 
						||
  //    declared as a friend, scopes outside the innermost enclosing
 | 
						||
  //    namespace scope are not considered.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  CXXScopeSpec &ScopeQual = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
 | 
						||
  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
 | 
						||
  assert(Name);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The context we found the declaration in, or in which we should
 | 
						||
  // create the declaration.
 | 
						||
  DeclContext *DC;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // FIXME: handle local classes
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Recover from invalid scope qualifiers as if they just weren't there.
 | 
						||
  LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						||
                        ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						||
  if (!ScopeQual.isInvalid() && ScopeQual.isSet()) {
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext
 | 
						||
    DC = computeDeclContext(ScopeQual);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: handle dependent contexts
 | 
						||
    if (!DC) return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // If searching in that context implicitly found a declaration in
 | 
						||
    // a different context, treat it like it wasn't found at all.
 | 
						||
    // TODO: better diagnostics for this case.  Suggesting the right
 | 
						||
    // qualified scope would be nice...
 | 
						||
    // FIXME: getRepresentativeDecl() is not right here at all
 | 
						||
    if (Previous.empty() ||
 | 
						||
        !Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(DC)) {
 | 
						||
      D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_qualified_friend_not_found) << Name << T;
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function or
 | 
						||
    //   class that is not a member of the class . . .
 | 
						||
    if (DC->Equals(CurContext))
 | 
						||
      Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_friend_is_member);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Otherwise walk out to the nearest namespace scope looking for matches.
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // TODO: handle local class contexts.
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    DC = CurContext;
 | 
						||
    while (true) {
 | 
						||
      // Skip class contexts.  If someone can cite chapter and verse
 | 
						||
      // for this behavior, that would be nice --- it's what GCC and
 | 
						||
      // EDG do, and it seems like a reasonable intent, but the spec
 | 
						||
      // really only says that checks for unqualified existing
 | 
						||
      // declarations should stop at the nearest enclosing namespace,
 | 
						||
      // not that they should only consider the nearest enclosing
 | 
						||
      // namespace.
 | 
						||
      while (DC->isRecord()) 
 | 
						||
        DC = DC->getParent();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
      // TODO: decide what we think about using declarations.
 | 
						||
      if (!Previous.empty())
 | 
						||
        break;
 | 
						||
      
 | 
						||
      if (DC->isFileContext()) break;
 | 
						||
      DC = DC->getParent();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [class.friend]p1: A friend of a class is a function or
 | 
						||
    //   class that is not a member of the class . . .
 | 
						||
    // C++0x changes this for both friend types and functions.
 | 
						||
    // Most C++ 98 compilers do seem to give an error here, so
 | 
						||
    // we do, too.
 | 
						||
    if (!Previous.empty() && DC->Equals(CurContext)
 | 
						||
        && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
 | 
						||
      Diag(DS.getFriendSpecLoc(), diag::err_friend_is_member);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (DC->isFileContext()) {
 | 
						||
    // This implies that it has to be an operator or function.
 | 
						||
    if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName ||
 | 
						||
        D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName ||
 | 
						||
        D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_introducing_special_friend) <<
 | 
						||
        (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName ? 0 :
 | 
						||
         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName ? 1 : 2);
 | 
						||
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  bool Redeclaration = false;
 | 
						||
  NamedDecl *ND = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, T, TInfo, Previous,
 | 
						||
                                          move(TemplateParams),
 | 
						||
                                          IsDefinition,
 | 
						||
                                          Redeclaration);
 | 
						||
  if (!ND) return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(ND->getDeclContext() == DC);
 | 
						||
  assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext() == CurContext);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Add the function declaration to the appropriate lookup tables,
 | 
						||
  // adjusting the redeclarations list as necessary.  We don't
 | 
						||
  // want to do this yet if the friending class is dependent.
 | 
						||
  //
 | 
						||
  // Also update the scope-based lookup if the target context's
 | 
						||
  // lookup context is in lexical scope.
 | 
						||
  if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
 | 
						||
    DC = DC->getLookupContext();
 | 
						||
    DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND, /* Recoverable=*/ false);
 | 
						||
    if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
 | 
						||
      PushOnScopeChains(ND, EnclosingScope, /*AddToContext=*/ false);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  FriendDecl *FrD = FriendDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						||
                                       D.getIdentifierLoc(), ND,
 | 
						||
                                       DS.getFriendSpecLoc());
 | 
						||
  FrD->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						||
  CurContext->addDecl(FrD);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId)
 | 
						||
    FrD->setSpecialization(true);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return DeclPtrTy::make(ND);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::SetDeclDeleted(DeclPtrTy dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc) {
 | 
						||
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(dcl);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  Decl *Dcl = dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
  FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Dcl);
 | 
						||
  if (!Fn) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(DelLoc, diag::err_deleted_non_function);
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  if (const FunctionDecl *Prev = Fn->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(DelLoc, diag::err_deleted_decl_not_first);
 | 
						||
    Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						||
    // If the declaration wasn't the first, we delete the function anyway for
 | 
						||
    // recovery.
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  Fn->setDeleted();
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
static void SearchForReturnInStmt(Sema &Self, Stmt *S) {
 | 
						||
  for (Stmt::child_iterator CI = S->child_begin(), E = S->child_end(); CI != E;
 | 
						||
       ++CI) {
 | 
						||
    Stmt *SubStmt = *CI;
 | 
						||
    if (!SubStmt)
 | 
						||
      continue;
 | 
						||
    if (isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt))
 | 
						||
      Self.Diag(SubStmt->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_return_in_constructor_handler);
 | 
						||
    if (!isa<Expr>(SubStmt))
 | 
						||
      SearchForReturnInStmt(Self, SubStmt);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock) {
 | 
						||
  for (unsigned I = 0, E = TryBlock->getNumHandlers(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						||
    CXXCatchStmt *Handler = TryBlock->getHandler(I);
 | 
						||
    SearchForReturnInStmt(*this, Handler);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
 | 
						||
                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old) {
 | 
						||
  QualType NewTy = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
 | 
						||
  QualType OldTy = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  QualType CNewTy = Context.getCanonicalType(NewTy);
 | 
						||
  QualType COldTy = Context.getCanonicalType(OldTy);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (CNewTy == COldTy &&
 | 
						||
      CNewTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers() == COldTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Check if the return types are covariant
 | 
						||
  QualType NewClassTy, OldClassTy;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  /// Both types must be pointers or references to classes.
 | 
						||
  if (PointerType *NewPT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(NewTy)) {
 | 
						||
    if (PointerType *OldPT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(OldTy)) {
 | 
						||
      NewClassTy = NewPT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
      OldClassTy = OldPT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else if (ReferenceType *NewRT = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(NewTy)) {
 | 
						||
    if (ReferenceType *OldRT = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(OldTy)) {
 | 
						||
      NewClassTy = NewRT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
      OldClassTy = OldRT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The return types aren't either both pointers or references to a class type.
 | 
						||
  if (NewClassTy.isNull()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(New->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
         diag::err_different_return_type_for_overriding_virtual_function)
 | 
						||
      << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy;
 | 
						||
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // C++ [class.virtual]p6:
 | 
						||
  //   If the return type of D::f differs from the return type of B::f, the 
 | 
						||
  //   class type in the return type of D::f shall be complete at the point of
 | 
						||
  //   declaration of D::f or shall be the class type D.
 | 
						||
  if (const RecordType *RT = NewClassTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						||
    if (!RT->isBeingDefined() &&
 | 
						||
        RequireCompleteType(New->getLocation(), NewClassTy, 
 | 
						||
                            PDiag(diag::err_covariant_return_incomplete)
 | 
						||
                              << New->getDeclName()))
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(NewClassTy, OldClassTy)) {
 | 
						||
    // Check if the new class derives from the old class.
 | 
						||
    if (!IsDerivedFrom(NewClassTy, OldClassTy)) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(New->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
           diag::err_covariant_return_not_derived)
 | 
						||
      << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy;
 | 
						||
      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // Check if we the conversion from derived to base is valid.
 | 
						||
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(NewClassTy, OldClassTy,
 | 
						||
                      diag::err_covariant_return_inaccessible_base,
 | 
						||
                      diag::err_covariant_return_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv,
 | 
						||
                      // FIXME: Should this point to the return type?
 | 
						||
                      New->getLocation(), SourceRange(), New->getDeclName())) {
 | 
						||
      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
      return true;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The qualifiers of the return types must be the same.
 | 
						||
  if (CNewTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != COldTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(New->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
         diag::err_covariant_return_type_different_qualifications)
 | 
						||
    << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy;
 | 
						||
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // The new class type must have the same or less qualifiers as the old type.
 | 
						||
  if (NewClassTy.isMoreQualifiedThan(OldClassTy)) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(New->getLocation(),
 | 
						||
         diag::err_covariant_return_type_class_type_more_qualified)
 | 
						||
    << New->getDeclName() << NewTy << OldTy;
 | 
						||
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  };
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
 | 
						||
                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old)
 | 
						||
{
 | 
						||
  if (Old->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
 | 
						||
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_final_function_overridden)
 | 
						||
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						||
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
 | 
						||
    return true;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  return false;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// \brief Mark the given method pure.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param Method the method to be marked pure.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// \param InitRange the source range that covers the "0" initializer.
 | 
						||
bool Sema::CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange) {
 | 
						||
  if (Method->isVirtual() || Method->getParent()->isDependentContext()) {
 | 
						||
    Method->setPure();
 | 
						||
    
 | 
						||
    // A class is abstract if at least one function is pure virtual.
 | 
						||
    Method->getParent()->setAbstract(true);
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  } 
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  if (!Method->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						||
    Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_non_virtual_pure)
 | 
						||
      << Method->getDeclName() << InitRange;
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse
 | 
						||
/// an initializer for the out-of-line declaration 'Dcl'.  The scope
 | 
						||
/// is a fresh scope pushed for just this purpose.
 | 
						||
///
 | 
						||
/// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
 | 
						||
/// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
 | 
						||
/// class X.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy Dcl) {
 | 
						||
  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.
 | 
						||
  Decl *D = Dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
  if (D == 0) return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // We should only get called for declarations with scope specifiers, like:
 | 
						||
  //   int foo::bar;
 | 
						||
  assert(D->isOutOfLine());
 | 
						||
  EnterDeclaratorContext(S, D->getDeclContext());
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
 | 
						||
/// initializer for the out-of-line declaration 'Dcl'.
 | 
						||
void Sema::ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy Dcl) {
 | 
						||
  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.
 | 
						||
  Decl *D = Dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						||
  if (D == 0) return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  assert(D->isOutOfLine());
 | 
						||
  ExitDeclaratorContext(S);
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
/// ActOnCXXConditionDeclarationExpr - Parsed a condition declaration of a
 | 
						||
/// C++ if/switch/while/for statement.
 | 
						||
/// e.g: "if (int x = f()) {...}"
 | 
						||
Action::DeclResult
 | 
						||
Sema::ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
 | 
						||
  // C++ 6.4p2:
 | 
						||
  // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
 | 
						||
  // The type-specifier-seq shall not contain typedef and shall not declare a
 | 
						||
  // new class or enumeration.
 | 
						||
  assert(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
 | 
						||
         "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class of condition decl.");
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						||
  TagDecl *OwnedTag = 0;
 | 
						||
  QualType Ty = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo, &OwnedTag);
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { // The declarator shall not specify a function...
 | 
						||
                              // We exit without creating a CXXConditionDeclExpr because a FunctionDecl
 | 
						||
                              // would be created and CXXConditionDeclExpr wants a VarDecl.
 | 
						||
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
 | 
						||
      << D.getSourceRange();
 | 
						||
    return DeclResult();
 | 
						||
  } else if (OwnedTag && OwnedTag->isDefinition()) {
 | 
						||
    // The type-specifier-seq shall not declare a new class or enumeration.
 | 
						||
    Diag(OwnedTag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_condition);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  DeclPtrTy Dcl = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
 | 
						||
  if (!Dcl)
 | 
						||
    return DeclResult();
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(Dcl.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						||
  VD->setDeclaredInCondition(true);
 | 
						||
  return Dcl;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						||
                                             CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
 | 
						||
  // Ignore dependent types.
 | 
						||
  if (MD->isDependentContext())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // Ignore classes without a vtable.
 | 
						||
  if (!RD->isDynamicClass())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
  // Ignore declarations that are not definitions.
 | 
						||
  if (!MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
 | 
						||
    switch (MD->getParent()->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
 | 
						||
    case TSK_Undeclared:
 | 
						||
    case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
 | 
						||
      // Classes that aren't instantiations of templates don't need their
 | 
						||
      // virtual methods marked until we see the definition of the key 
 | 
						||
      // function.
 | 
						||
      return;
 | 
						||
        
 | 
						||
    case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
 | 
						||
    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
 | 
						||
    case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
 | 
						||
      // This is a constructor of a class template; mark all of the virtual
 | 
						||
      // members as referenced to ensure that they get instantiatied.
 | 
						||
      break;
 | 
						||
    }
 | 
						||
  } else if (!MD->isOutOfLine()) {
 | 
						||
    // Consider only out-of-line definitions of member functions. When we see
 | 
						||
    // an inline definition, it's too early to compute the key function.
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  } else if (const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction = Context.getKeyFunction(RD)) {
 | 
						||
    // If this is not the key function, we don't need to mark virtual members.
 | 
						||
    if (KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl() != MD->getCanonicalDecl())
 | 
						||
      return;
 | 
						||
  } else {
 | 
						||
    // The class has no key function, so we've already noted that we need to
 | 
						||
    // mark the virtual members of this class.
 | 
						||
    return;
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  // We will need to mark all of the virtual members as referenced to build the
 | 
						||
  // vtable.
 | 
						||
  ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.push_back(std::make_pair(RD, Loc));
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
bool Sema::ProcessPendingClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers() {
 | 
						||
  if (ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.empty())
 | 
						||
    return false;
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  while (!ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.empty()) {
 | 
						||
    CXXRecordDecl *RD = ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.back().first;
 | 
						||
    SourceLocation Loc = ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.back().second;
 | 
						||
    ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.pop_back();
 | 
						||
    MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, RD);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
  
 | 
						||
  return true;
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
void Sema::MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
 | 
						||
  for (CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator i = RD->method_begin(), 
 | 
						||
       e = RD->method_end(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						||
    CXXMethodDecl *MD = *i;
 | 
						||
 | 
						||
    // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
 | 
						||
    //   [...] A virtual member function is used if it is not pure. [...]
 | 
						||
    if (MD->isVirtual() && !MD->isPure())
 | 
						||
      MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, MD);
 | 
						||
  }
 | 
						||
}
 | 
						||
 |